Daher TBM 930 Pilot'S Information Manual Download | Manualshive

Page: 713 / 877

background image

Pilot's Operating Handbook

Section 8

Handling, servicing and maintenance

Edition 1 - January 15, 2018
Rev. 0

Page 8.10.1

8.10 - Utilization by cold weather (- 0

°

C to - 25

°

C) or very cold

weather (- 25

°

C to - 40

°

C)

●

NOTE

●

Check pressure values in a hangar heated at about 15

°

C with control

equipment at room temperature.

●

If a landing is foreseen by cold or very cold weather or in case of airplane prolonged
operation in such conditions, it is recommended to prepare the airplane as follows :

1 -

Smear with silicone grease the door and engine cowlings seals, as well as the
leading edge deicers.

2 -

Apply engine oil on the engine cowling latches.

3 -

Inflate main landing gear shock absorbers to 247 psi (17 bars) at a room
temperature of 15

°

C.

4 -

Position a 0.59 in (15 mm) shim at the bottom of the piston tube and against
forward landing gear half-fork to reduce shock absorber travel. Refill with
hydraulic liquid. Remove the shim and inflate shock absorber to 138 psi
(9.5 bars) at a room temperature of 15

°

C.

5 -

Inflate main landing gear tires to 130 psi (8.96 bars) and nose tire to 102 psi
(7 bars) at a room temperature of 15

°

C.

●

NOTE

●

See table 1 hereafter to check pressure values and to inflate tires and shock

absorbers.

●

PIM - DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS

«
...
711
712
713
714
715
...
»

Summary of Contents for TBM 930

Page 1: ...g Handbook The content of this document is the property of DAHER AEROSPACE It is supplied in confidence and commercial security of its contents must be maintained It must not be used for any purpose other than that for which it is supplied nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any form in whole or in part without permi...

Page 2: ...Revision 1 dated April 3 2018 Pages Description Title Approval page Change of legal entity name from SOCATA SAS to DAHER AEROSPACE 0 9 and 0 10 List of amendments Revision 1 0 11 thru 0 20 List of effective pages and validities 6 5 1 Reference to SOCATA deleted PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 3: ... placard under R H control wheel 3 1 4 3 12 28 thru 3 12 30 Modification of annunciations visual 3 3 1 and 3 3 2 Modification of Engine failure after rotation procedure 3 3 3 Modification of Engine failure in flight procedure 3 3 4 Modification of OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS procedure 3 3 5 thru 3 3 7 Modification of Engine regulation discrepancy power loss throttle control loss procedure 3 3 8 Modific...

Page 4: ...e covers to be removed 4 4 7 Preflight inspection deletion of action on TEST push button 4 4 18 4 4 22 Operation related to OXYGEN CAS message moved from Inside inspection procedure to Before starting engine procedure 4 4 19 Deletion of the Note related to PARK BRAKE 4 4 22 Audio alarms and DE ICE SYSTEM lights check replaced by operation on TEST push button 4 5 4 Deletion of data related to OAT b...

Page 5: ... lighting modification deletion of data related to floodlights 7 14 3 Addition of weather radar data 2 0 1 2 6 6 2 6 11 thru 2 6 18 3 A 1 thru 3 A 3 3 0 1 3 0 3 3 0 5 3 1 1 3 3 9 3 3 10 3 9 7 3 9 11 3 10 3 thru 3 10 5 3 10 9 thru 3 10 14 3 12 9 thru 3 12 11 3 12 31 thru 3 12 36 4 0 1 4 0 2 4 3 8 4 4 8 thru 4 4 16 4 4 19 4 4 20 thru 4 4 70 4 5 3 4 5 25 7 3 33 7 10 7 Terminology text moving and or p...

Page 6: ...acard 2 9 11 Update of MOD number for coat hanger 3 9 11 Removal of indication requiring to press a key on MD302 3 10 6 3 10 7 Addition of instruction to contact maintenance department 3 10 12 Precision on how to reduce cabin differential pressure 3 11 7 Addition of symptoms 3 12 14 Addition of instruction to use standby instrument 4 3 9 4 3 10 Modification of rotation airspeed graph 4 4 3 Precisi...

Page 7: ...HI message ON with associated impacts on airspeed 7 0 2 7 9 1 to 7 9 15 Air conditioning and pressurization system Rewording of description paragraph Integration of modifications due to GASC software evolution MOD70 0689 21 7 0 3 7 14 10 to 7 14 14 New layout of GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck approaches paragraphs 7 5 9 Addition of CAUTION and instructions related to parking brake release 7 5 11 Co...

Page 8: ...e 0 15 List of amendments Revision 3 dated February 14 2020 Cont d Pages Description 2 6 2 2 9 3 3 1 1 3 9 4 3 9 5 3 11 6 3 12 12 3 12 14 4 4 24 7 3 33 7 3 34 7 9 16 to 7 9 22 7 14 9 to 7 14 14 Terminology text moving and or presentation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 9: ...ata to make this POH TBM 930 at Edition 1 valid for airplanes from S N 1111 to 1215 equipped with MOD70 0549 00 Version E 2 1 1 Addition of Pilot s Guide reference for airplanes up to S N 1215 2 6 2 Addition of GPS equipment references for airplanes up to S N 1215 2 9 2 Modification of the location of small cargo net placard to cover airplanes up to S N 1215 2 9 11 Addition of coat hanger placard ...

Page 10: ...13 Addition of illustration for right instrument panel of airplanes up to S N 1159 7 3 28 Addition of validity for seats heaters description paragraph 7 8 13 Addition of breakers panel for airplanes up to S N 1159 7 8 19 Modification of illustration of external lighting controls to cover airplanes with different type of taxi light switch Other modifications 5 0 1 Correction of page numbering for s...

Page 11: ...ent panel of airplanes from S N 1160 7 8 14 Addition of validity for airplanes up to S N 1160 8 9 4 8 9 6 Addition of notes for influence of blanking device and plug arrangements on cabin comfort 2 0 1 2 6 3 to 2 6 20 4 3 2 4 3 19 4 3 20 4 4 17 4 4 35 6 0 1 6 4 2 6 4 8 6 4 9 6 4 13 6 4 17 6 4 18 6 4 22 to 6 4 30 7 0 1 7 0 2 7 2 5 7 3 1 7 3 3 7 3 16 to 7 3 42 7 5 11 7 8 10 to 7 8 22 7 10 1 7 10 7 8...

Page 12: ... MOD70 0549 00F 3 12 12 3 12 13 Update of Oxygen use procedure with correction of mask controls 4 3 20 4 4 70 Update of Shutdown procedure Addition of instructions to install external covers on the airplane Correction of the delay before checking engine oil level 4 4 31 Removal of note related to maintenance actions 4 4 36 Updateof In flight availableoxygen quantity procedure Clarification of the ...

Page 13: ...der pressure and requirement to purge the cylinder 1 4 7 to 1 4 10 2 3 3 2 6 9 2 8 1 3 9 5 3 10 7 3 10 8 4 3 20 4 4 17 4 4 32 4 4 35 4 4 36 4 4 65 4 4 68 4 4 70 4 5 16 4 5 24 5 9 1 5 9 4 7 0 2 7 3 28 7 5 2 7 5 9 7 6 5 7 7 5 7 7 8 7 8 17 7 9 1 to 7 9 14 7 9 21 7 10 1 to 7 10 10 7 11 1 7 11 2 7 11 4 7 14 13 7 14 14 8 7 8 to 8 7 10 8 9 1 8 9 8 Terminology text moving and or presentation PIM DO NOT US...

Page 14: ... 2018 Rev 0 Page 0 7 Table of contents Section General 1 Limitations 2 Emergency procedures 3 Normal procedures 4 Performance 5 Weight and balance 6 Description 7 Airplane handling servicing and maintenance 8 Supplements 9 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 15: ...19 0 5 1 0 JAN 18 0 6 1 0 JAN 18 0 7 1 0 JAN 18 0 8 1 0 JAN 18 0 9 1 1 APR 18 0 10 1 2 APR 19 0 11 1 2 APR 19 0 12 1 2 APR 19 0 13 1 3 FEB 20 0 14 1 3 FEB 20 0 15 1 3 FEB 20 0 16 1 4 JUN 20 0 17 1 4 JUN 20 0 18 1 4 JUN 20 0 19 1 5 JAN 21 0 20 1 5 JAN 21 0 21 1 5 JAN 21 0 22 1 5 JAN 21 0 23 1 5 JAN 21 0 24 1 5 JAN 21 0 25 1 5 JAN 21 0 26 1 5 JAN 21 0 27 1 5 JAN 21 0 28 1 5 JAN 21 0 29 1 5 JAN 21 0 ...

Page 16: ...2 4 2 1 0 JAN 18 2 5 1 1 0 JAN 18 2 5 2 1 0 JAN 18 2 6 1 1 0 JAN 18 2 6 2 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 3 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 4 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 5 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 6 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 7 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 8 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 9 1 5 JAN 21 2 6 10 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 11 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 12 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 13 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 14 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 15 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 16 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 17 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 18 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 19 1 4 JUN 20 2 6 20 1 4 JUN 2...

Page 17: ... 0 JAN 18 3 5 4 1 0 JAN 18 3 5 5 1 0 JAN 18 3 5 6 1 0 JAN 18 3 6 1 1 0 JAN 18 3 6 2 1 0 JAN 18 3 6 3 1 0 JAN 18 3 6 4 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 1 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 2 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 3 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 4 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 5 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 6 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 7 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 8 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 9 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 10 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 11 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 12 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 13 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 14 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 15 1 0 JAN 18 3 7 16 1 0...

Page 18: ... JAN 21 3 12 14 1 3 FEB 20 3 12 15 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 16 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 17 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 18 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 19 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 20 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 21 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 22 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 23 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 24 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 25 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 26 1 0 JAN 18 3 12 27 1 2 APR 19 3 12 28 1 2 APR 19 3 12 29 1 2 APR 19 3 12 30 1 2 APR 19 3 12 31 1 2 APR 19 3 12 32 1 2 APR 19 3 12 33 1 2 APR 19 3 12 34 1 2 ...

Page 19: ...APR 19 4 4 34 1 2 APR 19 4 4 35 1 5 JAN 21 4 4 36 1 5 JAN 21 4 4 37 1 2 APR 19 4 4 38 1 2 APR 19 4 4 39 1 2 APR 19 4 4 40 1 2 APR 19 4 4 41 1 2 APR 19 4 4 42 1 2 APR 19 4 4 43 1 2 APR 19 4 4 44 1 2 APR 19 4 4 45 1 3 FEB 20 4 4 46 1 2 APR 19 4 4 47 1 2 APR 19 4 4 48 1 2 APR 19 4 4 49 1 2 APR 19 4 4 50 1 2 APR 19 4 4 51 1 2 APR 19 4 4 52 1 2 APR 19 4 4 53 1 2 APR 19 4 4 54 1 2 APR 19 4 4 55 1 2 APR ...

Page 20: ...18 5 7 1 1 0 JAN 18 5 7 2 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 1 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 2 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 3 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 4 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 5 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 6 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 7 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 8 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 9 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 10 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 11 1 0 JAN 18 5 8 12 1 0 JAN 18 5 9 1 1 5 JAN 21 5 9 2 1 3 FEB 20 5 9 3 1 3 FEB 20 5 9 4 1 5 JAN 21 5 10 1 1 3 FEB 20 5 10 2 1 3 FEB 20 5 10 3 1 3 FEB 20 5 10 4 1 3 FEB 20 5 10 5 1 3 FEB 2...

Page 21: ...N 20 6 4 6 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 7 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 8 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 9 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 10 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 11 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 12 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 13 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 14 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 15 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 16 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 17 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 18 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 19 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 20 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 21 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 22 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 23 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 24 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 25 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 26 1 4 JUN 20 6 4 27 1 4 JUN 20 6 4...

Page 22: ...0 7 3 37 1 4 JUN 20 7 3 38 1 4 JUN 20 7 3 39 1 4 JUN 20 7 3 40 1 4 JUN 20 7 3 41 1 4 JUN 20 7 3 42 1 4 JUN 20 7 4 1 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 2 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 3 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 4 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 5 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 6 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 7 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 8 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 9 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 10 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 11 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 12 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 13 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 14 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 15 1 0 JAN 18 7 4 16 1 0 JAN 18 7 5 1 1 0 J...

Page 23: ...5 JAN 21 7 9 5 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 6 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 7 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 8 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 9 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 10 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 11 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 12 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 13 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 14 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 15 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 16 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 17 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 18 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 19 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 20 1 3 FEB 20 7 9 21 1 5 JAN 21 7 9 22 1 3 FEB 20 7 10 1 1 5 JAN 21 7 10 2 1 5 JAN 21 7 10 3 1 5 JAN 21 7 10 4 1 5 JAN 21 ...

Page 24: ... 0 JAN 18 8 6 1 1 0 JAN 18 8 6 2 1 0 JAN 18 8 6 3 1 0 JAN 18 8 6 4 1 0 JAN 18 8 6 5 1 0 JAN 18 8 6 6 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 1 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 2 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 3 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 4 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 5 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 6 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 7 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 8 1 5 JAN 21 8 7 9 1 5 JAN 21 8 7 10 1 5 JAN 21 8 7 11 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 12 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 13 1 0 JAN 18 8 7 14 1 0 JAN 18 8 8 1 1 0 JAN 18 8 8 2 1 0 JAN 18 8 9 1 1 5 J...

Page 25: ... and entry dimensions 1 3 4 Specific loadings 1 3 4 1 4 Abbreviations and terminology 1 4 1 Meteorological terminology 1 4 1 General airspeed terminology and symbols 1 4 1 Power terminology 1 4 2 Airplane performance and flight planning terminology 1 4 3 Weight and balance terminology 1 4 3 General abbreviations 1 4 4 Radio navigation abbreviations 1 4 8 1 5 Conversion factors 1 5 1 1 6 Pressure a...

Page 26: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 1 0 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 27: ...plex optional systems are given in section 9 Supplements of the POH The installed ADS B OUT system has been shown to meet the equipment requirements of 14 CFR 91 227 The installed transponder system is able to respond to interrogations in Modes A C and S and is fully compliant with the requirements of CS ACNS D ELS EHS Mode S Elementary Enhanced Surveillance The installed ADS B OUT system is fully...

Page 28: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 29: ...book Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 2 1 1 2 Three view drawing Figure 1 2 1 1 2 Three view drawing Airplane on level field with fully extended FWD shock absorber PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 30: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 2 2 Figure 1 2 1 2 2 Three view drawing PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 31: ...ne type 1 gas generator turbine stage 2 power turbines stages Horsepower rating and propeller speed 850 SHP at 2000 RPM Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E5N 3C NC8834K Number of blades 5 Propeller diameter Minimum 90 in 2 286 m Maximum 91 in 2 311 m Propeller type Adjustable constant speed with feathering and hydraulic control reverse Prope...

Page 32: ...ly AVGAS shall not be used for more than 150 cumulative hours during any period between engine overhaul periods NOTE Use of AVGAS to be recorded in engine module logbook US specification US French specification FR English specification UK NATO code ASTM D1655 JET A ASTM D1655 JET A1 ASTM D1655 JET B AIR 3405C Grade F35 DERD 2494 Issue 9 F35 without additive MIL DTL 5624 Grade JP 4 AIR 3407B DERD 2...

Page 33: ...ation NATO code 5cSt MIL PRF 23699G O 156 STD O 154 HTS Figure 1 3 2 Recommended engine oil types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14001 at the latest revision Maximum certificated weights Ramp 7430 lbs 3370 kg Takeoff 7394 lbs 3354 kg Landing 7024 lbs 3186 kg Baggage weight refer to section 2 paragraph 2 5 for weight and C G limits refer to section 6 for cargo loading instructions Standard air...

Page 34: ... Maximum cabin height 4 ft 1 22 m Number of cabin entries 1 standard 1 pilot door if installed Entry width standard 3 ft 6 52 in 1 08 m Entry height standard 3 ft 10 85 in 1 19 m Pilot entry mean width 2 ft 3 6 in 0 70 m Pilot entry mean height 3 ft 2 16 in 0 97 m Specific loadings Wing loading 38 16 lbs sq ft 186 3 kg m2 Power loading 8 7 lbs SHP 3 95 kg SHP PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 35: ...een set to 29 92 inches of mercury 1013 2 hPa General airspeed terminology and symbols KCAS Knots Calibrated Airspeed is the indicated airspeed expressed in knots corrected for position and instrument error Knots calibrated airspeed is equal to KTAS in standard atmosphere at sea level KIAS Knots Indicated Airspeed is the speed shown on the airspeed indicator and expressed in knots KTAS Knots True ...

Page 36: ...est possible horizontal distance VY Best Rate of Climb Speed is the airspeed which delivers the greatest gain in altitude in the shortest possible time Power terminology Recovery altitude Maximum altitude at which it is possible in standard temperature to maintain a specified power Overheated start Engine start or attempt to start which causes the interturbine temperature to be higher than the max...

Page 37: ... Reference datum Datum perpendicular to the longitudinal airplane centerline from which all distances are measured for balance purpose Arm Is the distance from the reference datum to the center of gravity C G of an item Moment Is the product of the weight of an item multiplied by its arm Center of gravity C G Airplane balance point Its distance from the reference datum is found by dividing thetota...

Page 38: ... landing touchdown General abbreviations A Ampere or Amber ADC Air Data Computer AGL Above ground level AIL TRIM Aileron TRIM ALT SEL Altitude selector ALTI Altimeter AMP Ampere AoA Angle of Attack AP Autopilot ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service AUTO SEL Automatic selector AUX BP Auxiliary boost pump BAT Battery BRT Brightness CAS Crew Alerting System C Celsius degree CONT Control DIEGME ...

Page 39: ...S Exterior lightings F Fahrenheit degree FCU Fuel control unit FL Flight level FOB Fuel On Board FPL Flight Plan ft Feet ft min Feet per minute G Green GIFD Garmin Integrated Flight Deck HI High HP High pressure hPa Hectopascal hr Hour HTR Heater HTRS Heaters IGNIT Ignition in Inch inches INERT SEP Inertial separator INDIC Indicator in Hg Inch of mercury INT LIGHTS Interior lightings INSTR Instrum...

Page 40: ...ag LDG Landing LDG GR Landing gear LDR Lightweight Data Recorder LFE Landing Field Elevation LRCR Long Range Cruise LO Low LP Low pressure LRN Long range navigation LTS TEST Lightings test m Metre m a c or MAC Mean aerodynamic chord MAIN GEN Main generation MAN Manual MAN OVRD Manual override MAX RPM Maximum revolutions per minute MDA Minimum Descent Altitude MFD Multi function Display MIN Minimum...

Page 41: ...mum Zero Fuel Weight NM Nautical mile NOCR Normal cruise recommended NORM Normal PFD Primary Flight Display PHF Plan Horizontal Fixe Horizontal stabilizer PRESS Pressure PROP Propeller psi Pounds per square inch PSIG Pounds per Square Inch Gauge qt Quart USG QTY Quantity R or R H Right RUD Rudder s or sec Second s SEL Selector SIG Signalization SL Sea level S N Serial number SPKR Speaker ST BY Sta...

Page 42: ...omatic Direction Finder System ADI Attitude Director Indicator ADS B Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast AFCS Automated Flight Control System AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System AIRAC Aeronautical Information Regulation And Control ATC Air Traffic Control Baro VNAV Barometric Vertical NAVigation B RNAV Basic aRea NAVigation CDI Course Deviation Indicator COM Communications Transceive...

Page 43: ...Rea NAVigation RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity and Monitoring RF Leg Radius to Fix Leg R NAV Area NAVigation RNP Required Navigation Performance SAM Standby Attitude Module SBAS Satellite Based Augmentation System STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route TAS Traffic Advisory System TAWS Terrain Awareness Warning System VFR Visual Flight Rules VHF Very High Frequency VMC Visual Meteorological Condit...

Page 44: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 1 4 10 WGS World Geodetic System WXR Weather surveillance radar XPDR Transponder PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 45: ...c units Metric units to Imperial and U S units Multiply By To obtain Multiply By To obtain feet 0 3048 metre metre 3 2808 feet inch 25 4 mm mm 0 03937 Inch Imp Gal 4 546 litre litre 0 220 Imp Gal USG 3 785 litre litre 0 264 USG lb 0 45359 kg kg 2 2046 lb Figure 1 5 1 Imperial and U S units to metric units PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 46: ... Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 5 2 Figure 1 5 2 Feet versus metres metres 30000 20000 10000 0 feet 2500 5000 7500 10000 31000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 47: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 5 3 Figure 1 5 3 Inches versus millimetres mm 10 0 in 250 500 750 1000 20 30 40 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 48: ...t s Operating Handbook Section 1 General Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 1 5 4 Figure 1 5 4 Pounds versus kilograms 1000 2000 3000 2000 6000 4000 0 kg lb 4000 8000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 49: ...0 942 1 11 0 51 8 4000 875 0 7 0 44 6 6000 811 9 3 1 37 6 8000 752 6 0 8 30 5 10000 696 8 4 8 23 4 12000 644 3 8 7 16 2 14000 595 2 12 7 9 2 16000 549 1 16 6 2 2 18000 505 9 20 6 5 0 20000 465 6 24 6 12 4 22000 427 8 28 5 19 3 24000 392 6 32 5 26 5 26000 359 8 36 5 33 6 28000 329 3 40 4 40 7 30000 300 8 44 4 47 8 31000 287 4 46 4 51 6 Figure 1 6 1 Standard atmosphere PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPER...

Page 50: ... 12 987 29 15 988 29 18 989 29 20 990 29 23 991 29 26 992 29 29 993 29 32 994 29 35 995 29 38 996 29 41 997 29 44 998 29 47 999 29 50 1000 29 53 1001 29 56 1002 29 59 1003 29 62 1004 29 65 1005 29 68 1006 29 71 1007 29 74 1008 29 77 1009 29 80 1010 29 83 1011 29 85 1012 29 88 1013 29 91 1014 29 94 1015 29 97 1016 30 00 1017 30 03 1018 30 06 1019 30 09 1020 30 12 1021 30 15 1022 30 18 1023 30 21 10...

Page 51: ...Maneuver limits 2 6 1 Temperature limits 2 6 1 Flight load factor limits 2 6 1 Generator limits 2 6 2 GFC 700 autopilot limits 2 6 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals 2 6 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation system limitations 2 6 7 Icing conditions 2 6 10 Severe icing conditions 2 6 10 Flap operating envelope 2 6 11 Reverse utilization 2 6 11 Weather radar GWX 70 2 6 11 Equipment required depend...

Page 52: ...its 2 7 1 Minimum crew 2 7 1 Maximum occupancy 2 7 1 Use of doors 2 7 1 Chemical toilet cabinet if installed 2 7 1 Cargo net installation limits 2 7 2 Weather radar limitation 2 7 2 2 8 Markings 2 8 1 Airspeed Indicator on PFD s and on Standby airspeed indicator 2 8 1 Pressurization 2 8 1 Engine instruments 2 8 2 2 9 Placards 2 9 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 53: ...e Pilot s Guide for MD302 Standby Attitude Module P N 9017846 00 or any later version as applicable must be permanently kept in the airplane with the POH Departure into IMC is not authorized if the MD302 battery fails its initial capacity check with associated message WARNING INTERNAL BATTERY MAY PROVIDE LESS THAN 60 MINUTES OF OPERATIONS or if there is a red X over the battery symbol at MD302 ini...

Page 54: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 55: ...speed 160 158 Do not make abrupt or full control movements above this speed VFE Maximum flaps extended speed landing configuration takeoff configuration 120 180 122 178 Do not exceed these speeds depending on flaps position VLO Maximum landing gear operating speed extension retraction emergency extension 180 151 151 178 150 150 Do not extend or retract landing gear above this speed VLE Maximum lan...

Page 56: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 57: ...HITNEY CANADA Engine model number PT6A 66D Maximum power 100 at Np 2000 RPM Ng limitation 104 1 Np limitation 2000 RPM 40 RPM ITT limitations Takeoff 850 C Maximum climb cruise 840 C During start 840 C no duration limitation 870 C for 20 seconds max 1000 C for 5 seconds max CAUTION When normally operating refer to chapter 5 8 Engine operation tables PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 58: ...for maximum 20 seconds Normal oil pressure is 105 to 135 psi Oil pressures under 105 psi are undesirable Under emergency conditions to complete a flight a lower oil pressure of 60 psi is permitted at reduced power level not exceeding 80 torque Oil pressures below 60 psi are unsafe and require that either the engine be shut down or a landingbe made as soon as possible using the minimum power requir...

Page 59: ...contain an anti ice additive in accordance with specification MIL I 27686 or MIL I 85470 Additive concentrations EGME or DIEGME shall be between a minimum of 0 06 and a maximum of 0 15 by volume Refer to section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance for additional information CAUTION The use of aviation gasoline AVGAS must be restricted to emergency purposes only AVGAS shall not be used for more th...

Page 60: ...R 3404C Grade F44 DERD 2452 Issue 2 Amdt 1 F44 with additive when utilization MIL DTL 83133 Grade JP 8 AIR 3405C Grade F34 DERD 2453 Issue 4 Amdt 1 F34 with additive S748 AIR 3404C Grade F43 DERD 2498 Issue 7 F43 without additive Figure 2 3 1 Recommended fuel types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14004 Propeller Number of propellers 1 Propeller manufacturer HARTZELL Propeller model number HC E...

Page 61: ...Starter operation limits Starter operation sequence is limited as follows if Ng 30 30 seconds if Ng 30 60 seconds Should several sequences be necessary respect following spacing 1st sequence wait 1 minute 2nd sequence wait 5 minutes 3rd sequence wait 30 minutes 4th sequence PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 62: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 63: ...3354 kg Maximum landing weight MLW 7024 lbs 3186 kg Maximum zero fuel weight MZFW 6032 lbs 2736 kg Maximum baggage weight in FWD compartment non pressurized 110 lbs 50 kg With 6 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 220 lbs 100 kg With 4 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 396 lbs 180 kg with small or large net see sketch below Figure 2 5 1 Baggage limits PIM DO NOT...

Page 64: ...g 20 85 of m a c 187 in 4 752 m aft of datum at all weights above 7024 lbs 3186 kg 23 8 of m a c Aft limits 193 65 in 4 921 m aft of datum at 7394 lbs 3354 kg 35 of m a c 194 in 4 928 m aft of datum at 6986 lbs 3169 kg 35 5 of m a c Reference datum 118 1 in 3 m in front of the firewall front face Straight line variation between points Leveling point Cabin floor rails NOTE It is the responsibility ...

Page 65: ... which the angle of bank is no more than 60 WARNING Aerobatic maneuvers including spins are not approved Temperature limits Minimum temperature at start and takeoff 40 C 40 F Maximum temperature at start and takeoff ISA 37 C 67 F from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude Maximum temperature in flight ISA 37 C 67 F from 0 to 8000 ft pressure altitude ISA 30 C 54 F above 8000 ft pressure altitude Flight l...

Page 66: ...peeds below 85 KIAS NOTE Do not use the autopilot in descent below 2000 ft 600 m AGL with a vertical speed in excess of 2000 ft min GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals The GARMIN GNSS navigation system installed in this airplane is a GPS system with a Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS comprised of Up to S N 1215 two TSO C145a or later Class 3 approved GARMIN GIAs TSO C146c Class 3 ...

Page 67: ...equired to use the navigation performance that are detailed in the table hereafter The pilot is responsible to ensure compliance with current operational requirements This table is accurate at the time it was published Phase of flight Approved PBN Capability Operational limitations Reference Documents ICAO Flight Plan Code Notes Item 10a Code Item 18 PBN En route Oceanic and Remote continental Cla...

Page 68: ... route continental Arrival RNAV 2 RNAV 1 One GNSS system requi red to be operational JAA TGL 10 FAA AC 90 105A R C2 D2 Domestic Offshore Oceanic and Remote continental RNP 2 GNSS FDE availability must be verified prior to oceanic or remote continental flight Maxi mum predicted FDE una vailability is 5 minutes Two GNSS systems requi red to be operational 2 Only one operational GNSS system required ...

Page 69: ...AV minima with and without RF legs At a minimum the flight director must be displayed and utilized when conducting procedures containing RF legs EASA AMC 20 27 FAA AC 90 105A R S1 Includes non precision approaches based on conventional navigation aids with or GPS in the title and area navigation approaches titled GPS RNAV GPS and RNAV GNSS This includes procedures with RF legs RF legs may be used ...

Page 70: ... The two primary altimeters must be operational when flying a RNP APCH LNAV VNAV with Baro VNAV guidance EASA AMC 20 27 FAA AC 90 105A R S2 Includes area navigation approaches titled RNAV GPS and RNAV GNSS This includes pro cedures with RF legs Vertical guidance is based on GPS SBAS and or Baro VNAV RF legs may be used in the initial and intermediate legs of the approach pro cedure or the final le...

Page 71: ...pe 2 Letter of Acceptance LOA in accordance with RTCA DO 200A and AC 20 153B for database integrity quality and database management processes for many of its aviation databases LOA status and RTCA DO 200A List of Applicable Avionics 190 01999 00 can be viewed at FlyGarmin com Navigation information is referenced to WGS 84 reference system and should only beusedwheretheAeronautical InformationPubli...

Page 72: ...sing latitude longitude or place bearing is prohibited for published RNP and RNAV routes Whenever possible RNP and RNAV routes including Standard Instrument Departures SIDs and Obstacle Departure Procedures ODPs Standard Terminal Arrival STAR and enroute RNAV Q and RNAV T routes should be loaded into the flight plan from the database in their entirety rather than loading route waypoints from the d...

Page 73: ...h not approved for or GPS navigation is prohibited When using the VOR LOC GS receivers to fly the final approach segment VOR LOC GS navigation data must be selected and presented on the CDI of the pilot flying Use of Baro VNAV to a DA is not authorized with a remote altimeter setting A current altimeter setting for the landing airport is required When using remote altimeter minima the Baro VNAV fu...

Page 74: ...on to the Emergency procedure described in chapter 3 12 Severe icing conditions WARNING Severe icing may result from environmental conditions outside of those for which the airplane is certificated Flight in freezing rain freezing drizzle or mixed icing conditions supercooled liquid water and ice crystals may result in ice build up on protected surfaces exceeding the capability of the ice protecti...

Page 75: ...nding on type of operation in this same chapter Refer to Particular procedures described in chapter 4 5 and in case of unforeseen icing conditions refer in addition to the Emergency procedure described in chapter 3 12 Flap operating envelope The use of flaps is not authorized above 15 000 ft Reverse utilization The use of control reverse BETA β range is prohibited during flight on ground if the en...

Page 76: ...talled and operate perfectly according to the indicated type of use CAUTION It is the pilot s responsibility to check that the following equipment lists are in accordance with the specific national operation rules of the airplane registration country depending on the type of operation CAUTION Systems and equipment mentioned hereafter do not include specific flight and radio navigation instruments ...

Page 77: ...n compensator 2 CAS warning and caution messages Oil pressure Low fuel pressure Fuel selector OFF Fuel auxiliary pump ON L H and R H fuel tank low level Non functioning of fuel timer Battery stop Main generator OFF Low voltage Ground power unit connected Inertial separator Starter Ignition Flaps Landing gears and doors 3 Aural warning VMO warning Landing gear warning Stall warning PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 78: ...icators Fuel gauge indicators 2 Voltmeter Ammeter Outside air temperature 6 Installations Fuel mechanical pump main Fuel electrical pump auxiliary Fuel shut off valve Fuel timer Starter generator Inertial separator Stall warning Electrical aileron trim Electrical rudder trim Manual elevator pitch trim Engine ignition Landing gear electro hydraulic unit Landing gear emergency hydraulic pump manual ...

Page 79: ...itude display indicator 3 Instrument lighting 4 Instrument panel lighting 5 Emergency lighting 6 Vertical speed indicator 7 Navigation lights 4 8 Anticollision lights 2 9 Landing light IFR 1 All equipment required for day VFR 2 All equipment required for night VFR if flight is performed during night 3 Taxi light if flight is performed during night 4 Clock 5 2nd altimeter 6 Emergency static source ...

Page 80: ...n control valve 5 Safety valve 6 Pressurization control 7 Maximum cabin altitude and pressure warning light Flight into icing conditions 1 All equipment required for IFR flight 2 Propeller deicing 3 L H windshield deicing 4 Airframe stabilizer and elevator horn deicing 5 Wing leading edge inspection light if night flight 6 Stall warning deicing 7 Inertial separator 8 Garmin annunciation Airspeed P...

Page 81: ...e with applicable operating rules Each operator must ensure compliance with required crew training and operating practices and procedures Moreover the following equipment must be installed and operating normally upon entering RVSM airspace Pilot and R H station primary altimeters Autopilot Altitude alerter ATC transponder NOTE Any changes to the pitot static air data computer autopilot altitude al...

Page 82: ...l supplementary procedures for SSR mode S enhanced surveillance in designatedeuropean airspace The capability totransmit data parameters is shown in column 2 Parameter Available A Not available NA Magnetic heading A Indicated airspeed A Mach No A Vertical rate A Roll angle A True airspeed A True track angle A Groundspeed A Selected altitude A Barometric pressure setting A PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 83: ... means for navigation or flight guidance The airplane symbol is not to be used for conducting instrument approaches or departures and it should not be relied upon during low visibility taxi operations Position accuracy orientation and related guidance must be assured by other means of required navigation Operators must have back up charts available to the flight crew Database currency must be veri...

Page 84: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 2 6 20 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 85: ...in at 303 in 7 695 m Baggage in non pressurized forward section at 128 in 3 250 m Minimum crew One pilot at L H front seat Maximum occupancy Thenumber of persons on board is limited by approved seating configurationinstalled but must not exceed six including the pilot The number of persons must be less than or equal to the number of seats Use of doors Flight with door open or ajar is prohibited Ch...

Page 86: ...ading height 22 in 565 mm in cabin out of baggage compartment CAUTION No item may extend forward of the cargo net system to protect door from obstruction Weather radar limitation Weather radar can be displayed on PFD 1 PFD 2 MFD with different indications of mode Example PFD 1 SBY MODE MFD SBY MODE PFD 2 ACTIVE MODE CAUTION The radar is OFF only when all displays indicate OFF PIM DO NOT USE FOR FL...

Page 87: ... Marking KIAS Value or range Significance Red strip Below 65 White strip 65 122 Full flap operating range Lower limit is maximum weight VSO in landing configuration Green strip 122 266 Normal operating airspeed range Red white barber pole strip Above 266 266 VMO Figure 2 8 1 Airspeed indicator markings Pressurization Marking Value Significance Red line 6 2 psi Cabin ΔP limit Figure 2 8 2 Pressuriz...

Page 88: ... 32 F 104 to 110 C 219 2 to 230 F 0 to 104 C 32 to 219 2 F 110 C 230 F Oil pressure 60 psi 60 to 105 psi 105 to 135 psi 135 psi red line normal limit Generator RPM Ng 51 to 104 104 Propeller RPM Np 450 to 1000 RPM 1950 to 2050 RPM 2050 RPM ITT Engine start or off 840 to 1090 C 1544 to 1994 F 400 to 840 C 752 to 1544 F 840 C 1544 F normal limit 870 C 1598 F 20 seconds limit 1090 C 1994 F red line a...

Page 89: ...ass and on windshield post For N 30 60 E 120 150 Steer For S 210 240 W 300 330 Steer DATE RADIO ON 3 On pressurized baggage compartment partition wall 100 kg 220 lbs MAXIMUM IT IS THE PILOT S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK THAT ALL THE BAGGAGES ARE PROPERLY SECURED FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA IN PILOT S OPERATING HANDBOOK PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 90: ...rame C13bis or on the right lower upholstery panel 3 b For the large cargo net on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment 3 c On FWD baggage compartment door frame non pressurized 50 kg 110 lbs MAXIMUM FOR LOADING INSTRUCTIONS SEE WEIGHT AND BALANCE DATA IN PILOT S OPERATING HANDBOOK PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 91: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 2 9 3 4 On pedestal console 5 On fuel selector 6 Near fuel tank caps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 92: ...n internal face of L H engine cowling Oil system capacity 12 l 12 7 qt 8 On landing gear emergency control access door LDG GEAR EMERGENCY ACCESS PULL 9 Under window at L H Intermediate seat 10 On rear passenger s table casing TABLE MUST BE STOWED DURING TAKEOFF AND LANDING PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 93: ...ection 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 2 9 5 11 Under R H control wheel 12 On nose gear door 13 On nose gear leg NOSE LANDING GEAR TIRE PRESSURE 6 5 bar 94 psi PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 94: ...age 2 9 6 14 On main gear leg MAIN LANDING GEAR TIRE PRESSURE 8 96 bar 130 psi 15 On engine cowling in front of compartment door EXTERNAL POWER 28 VOLTS D C NOMINAL 800 AMP STARTING CAPACITY MIN DO NOT EXCEED 1000 AMP 16 On pilot door External side if installed PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 95: ...ons EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 9 7 17 On access door External side 18 On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door 19 On access door Internal side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 96: ...ok Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 9 8 20 On pilot door Internal side if installed 21 On emergency exit handle Marking on cover Marking on handle PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 97: ...2018 Rev 0 Page 2 9 9 22 On last step of stairs STAIRS MAX LOAD ONE PERSON 23 On R H access door jamb 24 On R H side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling 25 On rear passengers masks containers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 98: ...0 Page 2 9 10 26 On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door 27 On the oxygen service door 28 On emergency locator transmitter inspection door 29 On the potty seat curtain if installed on pilot s side CURTAIN MUST BE STOWED FOR TAKE OFF AND LANDING PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 99: ... 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 2 9 11 Airplane equipped with coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25B 30 On the L H rear cargo compartment panel upper edge Airplane equipped with coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25C 31 On the L H rear cargo compartment panel upper edge PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 100: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 2 Limitations EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 2 9 12 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 101: ...3 12 24 AURAL WRN 1 CHNL 3 12 8 AURAL WRN FAIL 3 12 7 AUTO SEL 3 8 5 AUX BOOST PMP ON 3 8 3 BAT AMP 3 9 1 BAT OFF 3 9 1 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK 3 10 6 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK and EDM 3 10 7 CABIN DIFF PRESS 3 10 9 CARGO DOOR 3 12 16 CHIP 3 3 11 DOOR 3 10 12 EDM 3 10 8 EDM OVERRIDE Advisory ELEC FEATH FAULT 3 9 7 ESP DEGRADED AOA 3 12 11 ESP DEGRADED IAS 3 12 10 ESP FAIL 3 12 ...

Page 102: ...4 IGNITION 3 12 18 INERT SEP FAIL 3 11 3 INERT SEP ON Advisory ITT 3 3 10 LOW LVL FAIL L 3 8 7 LOW LVL FAIL R 3 8 7 LOW VOLTAGE 3 9 3 MAIN GEN 3 9 2 MAIN GEN and LOW VOLTAGE 3 9 4 MAX DIFF MODE Advisory NG HI 3 3 11 OIL PRESS 3 3 4 OIL TEMP 3 3 12 O2 CYL CLOSED 3 10 11 PARK BRAKE 7 5 10 PITOT HT ON L 7 13 3 PITOT HT ON R 7 13 3 PITOT NO HT L 3 11 6 PITOT NO HT R 3 11 6 PRESSU BACKUP 3 10 5 PRESSU ...

Page 103: ...ary 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 A 3 STALL HEAT ON 7 13 3 STALL NO HEAT 3 11 7 STARTER Advisory TCAS FAIL 3 12 35 TRAFFIC FAIL 3 12 36 USP ACTIVE 3 12 6 VACUUM LOW 3 10 13 XPDR1 ADS B FAIL 3 12 33 XPDR1 FAIL 3 12 32 XPDR2 ADS B FAIL 3 12 33 XPDR2 FAIL 3 12 32 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 104: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 A 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 105: ...ason 3 2 2 3 3 Engine failures 3 3 1 Engine failure before rotation 3 3 1 Engine failure after rotation 3 3 1 Engine failure in flight 3 3 3 OIL PRESS or OIL PRESS 3 3 4 Engine regulation discrepancy power loss throttle control loss 3 3 5 Governor control not operating 3 3 8 Excessive propeller rotation speed 3 3 8 Engine does not stop on ground 3 3 9 ITT 3 3 10 CHIP 3 3 11 NG HI 3 3 11 OIL TEMP 3...

Page 106: ...aps gear 3 7 1 Forced landing 3 7 1 Tire blowout during landing 3 7 2 FLAPS ASYM 3 7 3 Flaps malfunction 3 7 4 Landing with flaps malfunction 3 7 4 Landing gear retraction discrepancy 3 7 5 Landing gear extension discrepancy 3 7 6 Emergency gear extension 3 7 7 Landing with unlocked main landing gear 3 7 10 Landing with defective nose landing gear down unlocked or not down 3 7 12 Landing with gear...

Page 107: ... 3 9 11 3 10 Pressurization and air conditioning 3 10 1 PRESSU OFF 3 10 1 GAS EVENT 3 10 3 GAS DEGRADED 3 10 4 PRESSU BACKUP 3 10 5 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK 3 10 6 CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK and EDM Pre MOD70 0657 34 and Pre MOD70 0549 00E 3 10 7 EDM Post MOD70 0657 34 or Post MOD70 0549 00E 3 10 8 CABIN DIFF PRESS 3 10 9 Cabin not depressurized after landing 3 10 10 O2 CYL CLOSE...

Page 108: ...ow or window panel 3 12 2 Emergency exit use 3 12 3 Emergency beacon ELT use 3 12 4 Inadvertent spins 3 12 5 AP off stall warning 3 12 6 USP ACTIVE 3 12 6 AURAL WRN FAIL 3 12 7 AURAL WRN 1 CHNL 3 12 8 ESP FAIL 3 12 9 ESP DEGRADED IAS 3 12 10 ESP DEGRADED AOA 3 12 11 Oxygen use 3 12 12 Airspeed indicating system failure 3 12 14 Flight into severe icing conditions 3 12 15 CARGO DOOR 3 12 16 GPU DOOR...

Page 109: ...ertical mode during FD approach with vertical guidance 3 12 25 VDI or VDI on Approach 3 12 26 Left PFD failure 3 12 27 AHRS failure 3 12 28 ADC failure 3 12 30 MFD failure 3 12 31 XPDR1 FAIL or XPDR2 FAIL 3 12 32 XPDR1 ADS B FAIL or XPDR2 ADS B FAIL 3 12 33 GWX FAIL 3 12 34 TCAS FAIL 3 12 35 TRAFFIC FAIL 3 12 36 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 110: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 0 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 111: ...cies are discussed here this information is not intended to replace such training but only to provide a source of reference and review It is important for the pilot to be familiar with standard emergency procedures Alarm system recall Main failure or state modification of the different systems are provided by warning or caution messages appearing on CAS display The color code philosophy for CAS me...

Page 112: ...of the L H instrument panel When either one lights up press it once to reactivate It will go out and is ready to signal in the event of another failure On the CAS display the corresponding failure message remains ON as long as the failed condition exists The actions associated to the red warning or amber caution messages are described in this Section of the POH The information associated to the wh...

Page 113: ...that must be executed quickly from memory without referring to POH or checklist CONDITIONAL STEPS Conditions are presented like this 1 With related actions to perform indented inside VALIDITY EFFECTIVITY Pre Post MOD70 xxxx xx Before procedure title represents a specific validity effectivity for the entire procedure below If nothing is specified the procedure applies to all airplanes Validity insi...

Page 114: ...soon as practical means land on the nearest suitable runway with convenient facilities CAS MESSAGES Indicated as displayed in the MFD CAS window FUEL PRESS means FUEL PRESS warning CAS message MAIN GEN means MAIN GEN caution CAS message MAX DIFF MODE means MAX DIFF MODE advisory CAS message ANNUNCIATIONS ON PFDs or MFD Indicated as displayed in the PFD or MFD with specifying annunciation next to t...

Page 115: ...d takeoff Engine failure at takeoff before rotation 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Brakes As required If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway 3 THROTTLE CUT OFF 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 5 Crash lever Pull down If necessary 6 Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 116: ...takeoff for any other reason 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Reverse As required 3 Brakes As required If the airplane cannot be stopped on the runway 4 THROTTLE CUT OFF 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 6 Crash lever Pull down If necessary 7 Evacuate after the airplane has come to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 117: ... Fly the airplane 1 MAN OVRD control Full forward If power recovery successful Fly the airplane using the MAN OVRD control for power 2 THROTTLE Flight IDLE Land as soon as possible End of procedure If power recovery unsuccessful 3 MAN OVRD control Full backward If height does not allow to choose a suitable landing surface Land straight ahead without changing LANDING GEAR position 4 FLAPS lever TO ...

Page 118: ... Do not unfasten seat belts before complete stop End of procedure If height allows to reach a suitable landing surface 11 LANDING GEAR lever DN 12 FLAPS lever As required Maintain airspeeds Flaps UP 105 KIAS 178 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 KIAS 122 13 THROTTLE CUT OFF 14 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF Before touch down 15 Crash lever Pull down 16 Evacuate airplane after coming to complete stop Do n...

Page 119: ...wer Fly the airplane 1 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks 2 AUX BP switch ON 3 Autopilot Disconnect If power recovery successful 4 Remaining fuel Check Land as soon as possible End of procedure If power recovery unsuccessful 5 THROTTLE CUT OFF 6 Oxygen masks Use 7 Air start envelope Check Refer to chapter 3 4 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 120: ...ossible 1 Oil pressure Monitor 2 TRQ Minimum necessary CAUTION Due to the oil pressure drop the propeller blade angle may go towards high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease If engine power decreases 3 THROTTLE CUT OFF 4 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 5 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 121: ...ine is neither protected against slam accelerations nor against maximum speed overshooting Avoid rapid control movements and manage engine parameters 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Confirm engine still running 3 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks 4 Check that no engine indication exceeds allowed value 5 MAN OVRD control Actuate Progressively to minimum necessary 6 Continue the flight Land as soon as possib...

Page 122: ...und in landing configuration particularly if the weight is near the maximum weight Do not perform a go around Do not use the reverse 9 Land normally 10 Brakes As required End of procedure If minimum power obtained is excessive 11 Airspeed Reduce below 178 KIAS By setting nose up attitude 12 INERT SEP switch ON If ITT 840 C 13 INERT SEP switch OFF 14 LANDING GEAR lever DN 15 FLAPS lever TO 16 Long ...

Page 123: ...ry 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 3 7 Engine regulation discrepancy power loss throttle control loss 3 3 Continuing When runway is assured 17 THROTTLE CUT OFF 18 FLAPS lever LDG as required At IAS 122 KIAS 19 Land normally 20 Brakes As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 124: ...d the reverse efficiency might be lower than expected Repair before further flight End of procedure Excessive propeller rotation speed Fly the airplane 1 Reduce power and airplane speed to avoid propeller rotation speeds higher than 2050 RPM Land as soon as possible Do not perform a go around In that case the go around may damage the gear reduction box and the reverse efficiency might be lower tha...

Page 125: ...does not stop on ground If the engine does not stop when the THROTTLE is set to CUT OFF 1 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 2 Wait for engine stop due to lack of fuel in the pipes 3 GENERATOR selector OFF 4 SOURCE selector OFF 5 Crash lever Pull down Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 126: ...fer to procedure Engine start chapter 4 4 2 Cancel the flight Inform maintenance department End of procedure After engine start On ground 3 Cancel the flight Inform maintenance department End of procedure In flight Fly the airplane 4 TRQ Reduce To get ITT 840 C Land as soon as possible Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 127: ...een detected in the engine oil In flight Fly the airplane Land as soon as practical Inform maintenance department End of procedure On ground Do not take off Airplane is grounded Inform maintenance department End of procedure NG HI Indicates that Ng speed is more than 103 1 TRQ Reduce To get Ng below 103 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 128: ...ture Monitor End of procedure If the indicated temperature is not in the green sector Failure is confirmed you can expect an oil pressure failure shortly CAUTION Due to the oil pressure drop the propeller blade angle may go towards high pitch and therefore lead to a Np propeller rotation speed decrease CAUTION Prepare for an engine stop shortly 3 TRQ Minimum necessary Land as soon as possible If e...

Page 129: ...1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 4 1 3 4 Air start Air start envelope NOTE Air start may be attempted outside of the envelope However above 20000 ft or at lower speeds ITT tends to increase during start and prudence is recommended End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 130: ...TO may cause overtemperature or abnormal acceleration 3 BLEED switch OFF 4 A C switch OFF 5 Electric consumption Reduce 6 FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 7 AUX BP switch ON NOTE Maintain AUX BP switch in ON position for the remainder of the flight 8 IGNITION switch AUTO or ON 9 THROTTLE CUT OFF 10 STARTER switch ON start timer If there is no start after 5 seconds 11 STARTER switch ABORT When Ng around 1...

Page 131: ...y If starter has not turned off automatically 15 STARTER switch ABORT 16 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 17 THROTTLE As required 18 BLEED switch As required 19 Electrical equipment As required If necessary 20 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 If air start is not successful 21 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 132: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 4 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 133: ...5 Fire and smoke Engine fire on ground Symptoms ITT increasing ITT smoke 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 BLEED switch OFF 3 A C switch OFF 4 Brakes As required 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF If necessary 6 Warn ground assistance 7 Crash lever Pull down Evacuate as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 134: ...ion 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 5 2 Cabin fire on ground 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 Brakes As required If necessary 3 Warn ground assistance 4 Crash lever Pull down 5 Cabin extinguisher As required Evacuate as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 135: ...ke WARNING No air start attempt after an engine fire Fly the airplane 1 Oxygen masks Use 2 THROTTLE CUT OFF 3 AUX BP switch OFF 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 5 BLEED switch OFF 6 A C switch OFF If necessary 7 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 8 Perform procedure Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 136: ...s and goggles Use If the origin is known 2 Defective equipment breaker Pull 3 Cabin extinguisher Use If the origin is unknown 4 A C switch OFF 5 All unnecessary equipment OFF 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 If necessary 7 Perform procedure Smoke elimination Refer to procedure hereafter Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 137: ...d goggles Use 2 BLEED switch OFF 3 A C switch OFF 4 DUMP switch Actuate 5 Wait until the differential pressure drops 6 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pull If smoke decreases Land as soon as possible End of procedure If smoke increases 7 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Push Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 138: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 5 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 139: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 6 1 3 6 Emergency descents Emergency descents profiles PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 140: ...um rate descent 1 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 2 Oxygen masks Use 3 Pitch attitude 10 to 20 If smooth air 4 FLAPS and LANDING GEAR levers UP 5 Airspeed VMO 266 KIAS If rough air or in case of structure problem 6 Airspeed Below 178 KIAS 7 FLAPS lever UP 8 LANDING GEAR lever DN End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 141: ...GENCY RAM AIR control knob Pull If VMC and non icing conditions are possible 7 ESS BUS TIE switch EMER 8 Prepare for Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure If VMC and non icing conditions are not possible Breakers 9 PFD 2 Pull 10 ADC 2 Pull 11 XPDR 2 Pull Switches 12 DE ICE SYSTEM All OFF 13 Lights All OFF 14 BLEED OFF 15 A C OFF 16 AUX BP OFF 17 FUEL SEL MAN 18 AP TRIMS OFF 19 DIMME...

Page 142: ...mum range descent 2 2 Continuing If icing conditions 20 PITOT L HTR switch ON 21 WINDSHIELD switch ON 22 Airspeed Above 135 KIAS Configuration flaps UP If time permits 23 PLUGS breakers Pull 24 AIR COND breaker Pull 25 Prepare for Forced landing Refer to chapter 3 7 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 143: ...rspeed Maintain 120 KIAS Until favorable ground approach 8 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM To have GEAR and FLAPS available If landing surface is suitable 9 LANDING GEAR lever DN If landing surface is not suitable 10 LANDING GEAR lever Keep UP If night conditions 11 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG When chosen landing surface is assured 12 FLAPS lever LDG 13 Crash lever Pull down 14 Airspeed on final approach 85 K...

Page 144: ... 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 7 2 Tire blowout during landing 1 Control direction with brakes and nose wheel steering 2 Reverse As required 3 Stop airplane to minimize damages 4 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 145: ...nd prevents further operation of the flaps Fly the airplane 1 FLAPS breaker Pull 2 FLAPS lever UP Land as soon as possible 3 Maintain airspeeds IAS 178 KIAS for deflections between UP and TO positions IAS 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position 4 For landing refer to procedure Landing with flaps malfunction Refer to procedure on following page End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT O...

Page 146: ...and TO positions IAS 122 KIAS for deflections greater than TO position 4 For landing refer to procedure Landing with flaps malfunction Refer to procedure hereafter End of procedure Landing with flaps malfunction For flaps deflections between UP and TO Proceed as for a normal landing with 105 KIAS of approach airspeed Provide for a landing distance increased by 60 For flaps deflections greater than...

Page 147: ...ght flashing and 3 green lights are OFF 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 LDG GEAR breaker Pull If GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are OFF 3 The flight may be continued without any restriction For landing gear extension 4 Perform procedure Emergency gear extension Refer to following procedures End of procedure If not 5 LDG GEAR breaker Push 6 Perform procedure Emergency ge...

Page 148: ... Symptoms have to be considered at the end of the sequence Symptoms GEAR UNSAFE CAS msg and GEAR UNSAFE red warning light are ON or amber light flashing and 0 to 3 green lights are OFF 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 Perform procedure Emergency gear extension Refer to procedure on following page End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 149: ...uced compared to a clean airplane because of the drag This should be taken into account when calculating the airplane range 1 Airspeed Maintain below 150 KIAS 2 LANDING GEAR lever DN 3 LDG GEAR breaker Pull 4 Floor hatch Open 5 By pass selector Fully pull Locked CAUTION The entire extension of the landing gear may take up to 110 cycles It is mandatory to have a clear hardening of the manual contro...

Page 150: ...outside icing conditions Continue flight at airspeed 178 KIAS Land as soon as practical End of procedure If GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is ON and GEAR UNSAFE is ON and 0 to 3 green lights are ON 9 LDG GEAR breaker Push 10 CHECK DOWN push button Press If hardening of the pump is marked and 3 green lights are ON or 3 green lights are ON and flickering while pressing the CHECK DOWN push button 11 L...

Page 151: ...Unlock Push 13 Wait one minute 14 LANDING GEAR lever UP At airspeed 150 KIAS 15 Perform landing gear extension attempts in the normal mode while applying positive load factors during the maneuver as well as skidding In case of failure 16 Perform procedure Landing with unlocked main landing gear or Landing with defective nose landing gear Refer to following procedures CAUTION If one main landing ge...

Page 152: ... down but unlocked 2 BLEED switch OFF 3 DUMP switch Actuate 4 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Maintain on defective LDG gear side To lighten corresponding wing maximum fuel imbalance 15 USG 5 Choose a runway with headwind or crosswind blowing from defective gear side 6 Align the airplane to land on the runway edge opposite to the defective landing gear 7 Perform a normal approach 8 FLAPS lever LDG At airspeed ...

Page 153: ... THROTTLE CUT OFF 12 Crash lever Pull down 13 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 14 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of procedure If landing gear does not drag during landing 15 Preferably do not use reverse 16 Complete taxiing witha slight turn towards defective landinggear 17 THROTTLE CUT OFF 18 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 19 Evacuate End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 154: ...gear position If necessary 1 Transfer passengers to the rear 2 Perform a normal approach 3 FLAPS lever LDG 4 Airspeed Maintain 90 KIAS 5 Land with nose up attitude Keep nose high 6 THROTTLE CUT OFF 7 Touch down slowly with nose wheel and keep elevator at nose up stop 8 Brakes Apply moderately 9 Crash lever Pull down 10 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 11 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of proced...

Page 155: ...p 1 Do a standard final approach 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain 85 KIAS 4 BLEED switch OFF 5 DUMP switch Actuate When runway is assured 6 THROTTLE CUT OFF 7 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 8 Flare out After touch down 9 Crash lever Pull down 10 Evacuate after airplane comes to a stop End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 156: ...llers In heavy wind land facing wind 1 LANDING GEAR lever UP 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain above 85 KIAS 4 Maintain a descent rate as low as possible when approaching the water 5 BLEED switch OFF 6 DUMP switch Actuate 7 Crash lever Pull down 8 Maintain attitude without flaring out until touch down 9 Evacuate through EMERGENCY EXIT End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 157: ...trol 1 LANDING GEAR lever DN 2 FLAPS lever LDG 3 Airspeed Maintain 95 KIAS 4 TRQ As required To maintain airspeed according to an easy approach slope 300 ft min 5 Adjust elevator by using manual pitch trim wheel When ground approaches 6 Slope Decrease progressively 7 TRQ Reduce progressively End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 158: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 7 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 159: ...ks 3 AUX BP switch AUTO If FUEL PRESS remains ON 4 AUX BP switch ON 5 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON If pressure is normal again and FUEL PRESS is OFF Mechanical pump has failed 6 AUX BP switch Maintain ON Land as soon as practical End of procedure If FUEL PRESS remains ON 7 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Switch tanks If FUEL PRESS is OFF A supply problem may have occured from the tank selected first air vent fuel...

Page 160: ... January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 8 2 2 2 FUEL PRESS Continuing If FUEL PRESS remains ON 8 Fullest tank Select 9 Avoid high power andrapidmovements of the THROTTLE 10 Altitude Below 18000 ft Land as soon as possible Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 161: ...AUX BP switch is in ON position Indication is normal End of procedure If AUX BP switch is in AUTO position 1 Reset AUX BP switch to ON 2 Then AUX BP switch AUTO If AUX BOOST PMP ON goes OFF 3 Continue the flight normally End of procedure If AUX BOOST PMP ON remains ON Mechanical booster pump has failed 4 AUX BP switch ON Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATION...

Page 162: ...in the corresponding tank 1 Corresponding gage Check 2 Check the other tank has been automatically selected If other tank not automatically selected 3 FUEL SEL switch MAN 4 Select tank manually As required Fly the airplane 5 Minimum fuel Check 6 Take decision If necessary Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 163: ...SEL Indicates that there is no more automatic control mode running Fly the airplane 1 FUEL SEL switch Check AUTO If FUEL SEL switch already on AUTO Failure is confirmed 2 FUEL SEL switch MAN 3 Select tanks manually As required CAUTION Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 164: ...anks are imbalanced by more than 15 USG for more than 30 seconds If FUEL SEL switch is on AUTO 1 Fullest tank Select By pressing the SHIFT push button If FUEL SEL switch is on MAN 2 Fullest tank Select By shifting FUEL TANK SELECTOR manually Fly the airplane CAUTION Maximum fuel imbalance is 15 USG End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 165: ...y 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 8 7 LOW LVL FAIL L R Indicates a failure of fuel low level sensor 1 Remaining fuel in tanks Check 2 Take decision If any doubt Land as soon as practical Fly the airplane On the ground Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 166: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 8 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 167: ...s normal CAUTION Do not take off if battery charge is over 50 A If this indication remains steady at a high value It may be due to a battery or generation system failure End of procedure BAT OFF Indicates that the SOURCE selector has been positioned on OFF or the battery plug is disconnected Fly the airplane 1 SOURCE selector OFF 2 SOURCE selector BATT If warning persists Land as soon as possible ...

Page 168: ...ENERATOR RESET push button Press In case of failure Fly the airplane 3 Keep the following systems connected Autopilot system Deicing systems STROBE and NAV lights Cockpit emergency lights VHF 1 NAV GPS 1 BLEED LDG LIGHTS on short final This will allow to keep electrical consumption below maximum standby capacity All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected 4 GENERATOR selector ST BY If ne...

Page 169: ...charge Fly the airplane 3 Keep the following systems connected Autopilot system Deicing systems STROBE and NAV lights Cockpit emergency lights VHF 1 NAV GPS 1 BLEED LDG LIGHTS on short final This will allow to keep electrical consumption below maximum standby capacity All other not necessary equipment can be disconnected 4 GENERATOR selector ST BY If necessary 5 ST BY GENERATOR RESET push button P...

Page 170: ...lly connected 3 Disconnect non essential systems 4 Voltmeter and ammeter Monitor Land as soon as possible End of procedure If MAIN GENERATOR not successfully connected 5 GENERATOR selector ST BY 6 ST BY GENERATOR RESET push button Press If ST BY GENERATOR successfully connected 7 Disconnect non essential systems 8 Voltmeter and ammeter Monitor Land as soon as possible End of procedure If ST BY GEN...

Page 171: ...E switch EMER The battery supplies only the ESS BUS and BATT BUS in this configuration Land as soon as possible If use of other than essential systems is required 12 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM End of procedure If VMC and non icing conditions are not possible 13 Manually disconnect systems as follows Breakers PFD 2 Pull ADC 2 Pull TAS Pull DATA LINK Pull XPDR 2 Pull Switches AIRFRAME DE ICE OFF ICE LI...

Page 172: ...FF BLEED OFF A C OFF AUX BP OFF FUEL SEL MAN AP TRIMS OFF DIMMER CABIN ACCESS OFF If icing conditions 14 PITOT L HTR switch Check ON 15 WINDSHIELD switch ON 16 Maintain minimum recommended airspeeds into known icing conditions Flaps UP 135 KIAS Flaps TO 115 KIAS Flaps LDG 95 KIAS If time permits 17 PLUGS breakers Pull 18 AIR COND breaker Pull Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT US...

Page 173: ...cedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 9 7 ELEC FEATH FAULT Indicates a propeller feathering system malfunction Fly the airplane 1 FEATHER breaker Pull Land as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 174: ... Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 9 8 Bus bar 1 3 Figure 3 9 1 1 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 175: ...ook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 3 9 9 Bus bar 2 3 Figure 3 9 1 2 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars NOTE BREAKERS ON C13 BIS FRAME PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 176: ...Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 9 10 Bus bar 3 3 Figure 3 9 1 3 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 177: ...MD302 for attitude airspeed and or altitude Fly the airplane Land as soon as possible NOTE Airplane power is provided to the MD302 display for normal operation Operation of the basic system is automatic The system is powered ON while airplane power is ON If airplane power is lost the internal battery will provide power to the MD302 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 178: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 9 12 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 179: ...t 1 Oxygen masks Use 2 BLEED switch Check Correct If possible 3 TRQ Reduce Fly the airplane 4 BLEED switch OFF 5 BLEED switch AUTO If PRESSU OFF is still ON If altitude 10000 ft If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 7 Continue the flight NOTE If Zp 10000 ft 500 ft it may be followed by CABIN ALTITUDE and USE OXYGEN MASK Inform maintenance department End of procedu...

Page 180: ...pproved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 10 2 PRESSU OFF 2 2 Continuing If on ground 8 BLEED switch OFF 9 Taxi back to apron 10 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 181: ...y 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 10 3 GAS EVENT Indicates a GASC system malfunction only displayed 45 sec after landing 1 Taxi back to the apron 2 Perform procedure Shutdown Refer to chapter 4 4 3 Inform maintenance department before next flight End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 182: ...cy procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 10 4 GAS DEGRADED Indicates a GASC system malfunction 1 Shorten the flight 2 Inform maintenance department before next flight End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 183: ...s automatically set to 9800 ft default value as cabin altitude reference Fly the airplane 1 Continue the flight Inform maintenance department before next flight CAUTION When the airplane descends below 9800 ft cabin descent rate coincides with airplane descent rate The pilot should take into account the airplane descent profile in order to avoid pressure annoyance End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 184: ...itude over 10000 ft 500 ft 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If necessary 6 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 7 Limit flight altitude to maintain cabin altitude below 10000 ft Inform maintenance departme...

Page 185: ...ft EDM override is possible by pressing the AP TRIM DISC push button twice Then other AP modes are usable Power reduction to accelerate the descent rate is recommended Indicates a cabin altitude over 10000 ft 500 ft 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude is 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR...

Page 186: ... ft EDM override is possible by pressing the AP TRIM DISC push button twice Then other AP modes are usable Power reduction to accelerate the descent rate is recommended 1 Pressurization indicator Check If cabin altitude is 10000 ft 500 ft 2 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane 3 BLEED switch Check AUTO 4 DUMP switch Check NORM Guarded 5 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Check pushed If necessary 6 Perfo...

Page 187: ...9 CABIN DIFF PRESS Indicates a cabin pressure differential over 6 4 PSI 0 2 PSI 1 Pressurization indicator Check If ΔP 6 4 PSI 0 2 PSI 2 BLEED switch OFF 3 Oxygen masks Use Fly the airplane If necessary 4 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chapter 3 6 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 188: ...018 Rev 2 Page 3 10 10 Cabin not depressurized after landing If ΔP cabin remains 0 1 DUMP switch Actuate 2 BLEED switch OFF If necessary 3 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pull 4 Wait for complete cabin depressurization before opening any door End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 189: ... Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 10 11 O2 CYL CLOSED Indicates that the oxygen cylinder isolation valve is closed WARNING Flight is prohibited with oxygen cylinder closed 1 Oxygen cylinder Open End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 190: ... position of the door s If DOOR is still ON 2 Do not take off End of procedure In flight Fly the airplane 3 Start a slow descent 4 Decrease cabin pressure differential By selecting a higher LFE LFE between 9500 ft and 10000 ft If a real failure of one of the doors is noticed 5 Oxygen masks Use 6 BLEED switch OFF 7 DUMP switch Actuate If necessary 8 Perform procedure Emergency descent Refer to chap...

Page 191: ...ow vacuum may lead to malfunctioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization 1 Monitor the normal functioning of leading edge deicing and pressurization If necessary 2 Altitude Below 10000 ft 3 Return to VMC conditions as soon as possible Fly the airplane 4 BLEED switch OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 192: ...or Set to around a 10 o clock position If moisture continues 2 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left 3 WINDSHIELD switch ON If there is no improvement and if the flight safety is engaged 4 Altitude Around 10000 ft 5 BLEED switch OFF CAUTION In flight the cabin will quickly depressurize Therefore the cabin vertical speed indicator and altimeter indications will rapidly meet those of respectivel...

Page 193: ...eading edges deicing failure Symptoms failure on one of the two pneumatic deicing pulses ice on wing outboard sections or ice on wing inboard sections and stabilizers one of the two cycling green lights is not lit Leave icing conditions as soon as possible 1 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 194: ...5 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 11 2 PROP DEICE FAIL Symptoms propeller deicing green light is not lit propeller vibrations 1 TRQ Reduce Fly the airplane 2 THROTTLE Actuate To vary RPM within operating range Leave icing conditions as soon as possible End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 195: ... Symptoms INERT SEP ON does not appear within 50 seconds following INERT SEP switch setting ON inertial separator is not retracted after 50 seconds following INERT SEP switch setting OFF INERT DE ICE breaker triggered Leave icing conditions as soon as possible Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 196: ...iformly by ice no perception of heat when touching deiced section windshield deicing green light is not lit If symptoms result from overheat 1 WINDSHIELD switch OFF ON When necessary In case of total failure 2 TEMP selector Max warm 3 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Before landing 4 Wait for a sufficient visibility End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 197: ...h ON If unsuccessful to get sufficient visibility 4 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Fully turn to the left 5 Manually clean a sufficient visibility area If necessary CAUTION In case of sideslip approach with pedal on the right during a long period select R H fuel tank 6 Clean L H side window 7 Perform a sideslip approach with rudder pedals to the right To get sufficient landing visual references For land...

Page 198: ...e engine is running If PITOT NO HT L Icing conditions may alter airspeed indications provided by ADC1 1 Avoid icing conditions Fly the airplane If not possible 2 Perform moderate descent or climb attitudes VMO overshoot and stall warning system are always operating End of procedure If PITOT NO HT R VMO overshoot warning may be altered by icing conditions Fly the airplane 3 Airspeed Monitor below 2...

Page 199: ...ning vane heating has failed or PITOT R STALL HTR switch is not ON while the engine is running Correct operation of the aural stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing 1 Airspeed Monitor Maintain minimum airspeed according to airplane configuration and icing conditions Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 200: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 11 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 201: ... button Release 4 Pitch trim may be used manually If necessary 5 Airspeed Reduce To reduce control forces In case of pitch trim runaway 6 AP TRIMS switch AP OFF Thepitch trim may beused manually the two other trim tabs may be usedagain electrically End of procedure In case of rudder or aileron trim runaway 7 RUD TRIM or AIL TRIM breaker Pull According to the defective trim 8 AP TRIMS switch ON The...

Page 202: ...ures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 2 Crack in cockpit window or window panel Fly the airplane 1 Descend slowly 2 Cabin P Reduce By setting Landing Field Elevation to 10000 ft End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 203: ...1 Check that the anti theft safety pin has been removed 2 Lift up the opening handle 3 Pull emergency exit assembly towards oneself to release it from its recess 4 Put the emergency exit door inside fuselage or throw it away from the fuselage through the opening 5 Evacuate airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 204: ...15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 4 Emergency beacon ELT use Before a forced landing If possible 1 Transmit a MAY DAY signal on COM VHF 121 5 MHz or on a known ATC frequency After landing 2 ELT remote control switch ON Maintain ON until aid arrives End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 205: ...oluntary spins are prohibited 1 AP TRIM DISC push button Press and Hold until recovery 2 Control wheel Neutral Pitch and roll axis 3 Rudder Fully opposed to the spin 4 THROTTLE Flight IDLE 5 FLAPS lever UP When rotation is stopped 6 Level the wings and ease out of the dive Fly the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 206: ...y with stall warning aural alert 1 Fly the airplane wings levelled and nose down until stall warning stops 2 TRQ As required 3 Return to the desired flight path End of procedure USP ACTIVE 1 Do not disconnect AP 2 Increase power up to 50 minimum 3 Manage the flight NOTE Stall warning may be triggered but AP will remain ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 207: ...0 Page 3 12 7 AURAL WRN FAIL Indicates that no aural warning alerts are available CAUTION No aural stall warning No aural overspeed warning No landing gear warning 1 Maintain airspeeds Flaps UP 105 KIAS 266 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 KIAS 122 End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 208: ...ection 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 8 AURAL WRN 1 CHNL NOTE System switches automatically on the remaining valid aural channel End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 209: ...9 ESP FAIL Indicates pitch roll high speed and AoA protections are inoperative Fly the airplane 1 Maintain the airplane inside the flight envelope Flaps UP 105 KIAS 266 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 KIAS 122 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 210: ...proved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 12 10 ESP DEGRADED IAS Indicates high speed protection is inoperative Fly the airplane 1 Maintain IAS below 266 KIAS 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 211: ...2 Page 3 12 11 ESP DEGRADED AOA Indicates AoA protection at low speed is inoperative Fly the airplane 1 Maintain airspeed above 1 3Vs Flaps UP 105 KIAS 266 Flaps TO 100 KIAS 178 Flaps LDG 85 KIAS 122 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 212: ...e mask Pull the mask out of the stowage cup and fully uncoil the tube Press the red side vanes together to inflate the harness Put the mask on the face and release the red side vanes If there is no smoke in cabin 2 Mask regulator control tab N Normal 100 as required 3 Vent valve Closed If there is smoke in cabin 4 Mask regulator control tab 100 5 EMERGENCY control knob EMERGENCY 6 Smoke goggles Do...

Page 213: ...uing If possible 12 Perform an emergency descent To an altitude below 10000 ft For intermediate and rear seats 1 Take a mask 2 Fully uncoil the tube 3 Pull on the lanyard cord to pull out the lanyard pin and flow the oxygen 4 Put the mask on the face 5 Check that the green bag inflates End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 214: ...ight 1 PITOT L HTR switch Check ON 2 PITOT R STALL HTR switch Check ON If symptoms persist 3 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Pull thoroughly 4 Use standby instrument only If symptoms persist as well as on the electronic standby instrument on the L H instrument panel 5 Perform a precautionary approach maintaining an adequate airspeed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 215: ...exit severe icing conditions by changing the route or the altitude 2 Avoid any sudden maneuver on flight controls Do not engage the autopilot If the autopilot is engaged 3 Hold the control wheel firmly and disengage the autopilot If an unusual roll response or uncommanded roll control movement is observed 4 Angle of Attack Reduce Do not extend flaps when holding in icing conditions Operation with ...

Page 216: ...ition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 16 CARGO DOOR Indicates that front cargo door is open On ground 1 Check and close the door In flight Fly the airplane 2 Airspeed Reduce To minimum available Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 217: ...ed Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 17 GPU DOOR Indicates that GPU door is open On ground 1 Check and close the door In flight Fly the airplane 2 Airspeed Reduce To minimum available Land as soon as practical End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 218: ...anuary 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 18 IGNITION Indicates that ignition exciter is running 1 IGNITION switch Check position If weather permits 2 IGNITION switch AUTO Fly the airplane NOTE IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 219: ...ition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 19 AP ON YD OFF Indicates that the autopilot is ON while Yaw Damper is OFF so no automatic rudder trim is available 1 Yaw Damper status Check If necessary 2 Yaw Damper status Correct End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 220: ...When disconnecting the autopilot after a pitch trim malfunction hold the control wheel firmly Up to 30 pounds of force on the control wheel may be necessary to hold the airplane level 1 AP TRIM DISC push button Press and hold 2 AP TRIMS switch OFF 3 AP TRIM DISC push button Release If necessary 4 Control wheel Retrim End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 221: ...nuetobedisplayed with a ghosted airplane icon in the center and an amber DR overwriting the icon Airplane position will be based upon the last valid GPS position then estimated by Dead Reckoning methods Changes in true airspeed altitude or winds aloft can affect the estimated position substantially Dead Reckoning is only available in Enroute mode Terminal and Approach modes do not support DR Cours...

Page 222: ... and the last known GPS position to estimate the airplane s current position DR information will be available for a maximum of 20 minutes MAP TRAFFIC MAP display is not dependent on GPS information The position of displayed traffic relative to the airplane symbol on the map is still accurate Loss Of Integrity LOI Mode Active when the airplane is within 30 NM of departure airport as calculated from...

Page 223: ... Handbook Section 3 Emergency procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 23 ABORT APR Indicates a loss of GPS navigation Perform a go around End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 224: ...dicated by an annunciation change on the HSI 1 System will automatically downgrade to LNAV VNAV or LNAV 2 Update minimums as appropriate NOTE In some cases the approach may be downgraded without APR DWNGRADE being displayed to the crew Please consider the HSI approach annunciation as the primary mean to identify the current mode of operation NOTE Refer to the section 7 to get details on the approa...

Page 225: ...ndicates the loss of vertical integrity signal during LPV or LNAV VNAV This may be indicated by an annunciation change on the HSI Symptoms AP mode from GP flashing 5 seconds to PIT VDI is flagged and indicates NO GP Fly the airplane Actions If automatic downgrade to LNAV 1 Update minimums as appropriate If not Perform a go around End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 226: ... Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 3 12 26 VDI VDI or on Approach Symptoms VDI amber or VDI white at bottom of VDI window Fly the airplane If possible 1 Use LNAV minimums If not Perform a go around End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 227: ...left PFD information on MFD and disable supplementary functions as stormscope 3 Fly the airplane manually Using stand by instruments 4 AP TRIM DISC push button Press To mute aural tone 5 DISPLAY BACKUP mode Engage on PFD2 Pressurization switches to PRESSU BACKUP with PRESSU BACKUP 6 PFD 1 breaker Check pushed 7 XFR button on AFCS Press to right side 8 Autopilot Use normally Following systems are l...

Page 228: ...ystems AHRS1 or AHRS2 Autopilot AP Systems still operative Flight Director FD when engaged again Actions Autopilot is not operative 1 AHRS1 and or AHRS2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation is associated to HDG and or PIT and or ROL annunciation s 2 Fly the airplane manually If pilot wishes 3 FD default mode Engage PIT and ROL 4 FD specific modes Engaged as desired H...

Page 229: ...T and or ROL gooff refer to following condition If BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation not associated to HDG and or PIT and or ROL annunciation s 6 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys Press 7 AHRS1 on PFD1 and or AHRS2 on PFD2 Reset 8 BOTH ON AHRS1 or BOTH ON AHRS2 annunciation Check OFF 9 Autopilot Use normally As desired End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 230: ... operative 1 ADC 1 and or ADC 2 breaker Check pushed If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation is associated to IAS and or ALT annunciation s 2 No action required End of procedure If all annunciations IAS ALT go off refer to following condition If BOTH ON ADC1 or BOTH ON ADC2 annunciation not associated to IAS and or ALT annunciation s 3 PFD1 and PFD2 SENSOR softkeys Press 4 ADC1 on PFD1 and or...

Page 231: ...ion 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 12 31 MFD failure NOTE If PFD2 is in fullscreen mode it will be splitted a few seconds after MFD failure Lost system MFD Actions 1 L H DISPLAY BACKUP button Press 2 MFD breaker Check pushed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 232: ...the airplane If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is available 1 Set transponder 2 or transponder 1 as active 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is unavailable 4 Inform Air Traffic Control of the loss of the second transponder 5 Leave controlled airspace 6 Continue flight 7 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERAT...

Page 233: ...Other functions may remain available Fly the airplane If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is available 1 RestoreADS BOUTfunctionbysettingtransponder2 or transponder 1 as active 2 Continue flight 3 Inform maintenance department If transponder 2 or transponder 1 is unavailable 4 Inform Air Traffic Control 5 Leave ADS B OUT airspace 6 Continue flight 7 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM...

Page 234: ... 12 34 GWX FAIL Indicates that GWX weather radar is inoperative NOTE No real time weather data available Fly the airplane 1 WXR breaker Check pushed 2 Continue flight by using other weather data source and adjust flight route 3 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 235: ... 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 12 35 TCAS FAIL Indicates that Traffic Advisory System is inoperative NOTE No active traffic available but ASDB IN traffic may still be displayed Fly the airplane 1 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 236: ...1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 3 12 36 TRAFFIC FAIL Indicates that Traffic Advisory System is inoperative NOTE No active traffic available but ASDB IN traffic may still be displayed Fly the airplane 1 Inform maintenance department End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 237: ... 6 Before taxiing 4 3 7 Before line up 4 3 8 Normal takeoff 4 3 9 Short takeoff 4 3 10 After takeoff 4 3 11 Climb 4 3 12 Cruise 4 3 13 Before descent 4 3 14 Approach 4 3 15 Final approach in GS or downwind leg VMC 4 3 16 Short final 500 ft 4 3 17 Runway clear 4 3 18 Shutdown 4 3 19 4 4 Amplified procedures 4 4 1 Preflight inspection 4 4 1 Inside inspection 4 4 17 Before starting engine 4 4 21 Engi...

Page 238: ...g conditions 4 5 1 Flight into severe icing conditions 4 5 6 Flight under heavy precipitations 4 5 7 Utilization on runways covered with water 4 5 7 Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow 4 5 8 Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways 4 5 11 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C 4 5 13 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 ...

Page 239: ... procedures for the conduct of normal operation of TBM airplane The first part of this section lists the normal procedures required as a check list The amplified procedures are developed in the second part of the section The normal procedures for optional systems are given in section 9 Supplements of the POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 240: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 241: ...of climb speed VY Landing gear and flaps UP 124 KIAS Best angle of climb speed Vx Landing gear and flaps UP 100 KIAS Maximum speed Flaps TO 178 KIAS Flaps LDG 122 KIAS Maximum airspeed with landing gear down 178 KIAS Maximum landing gear operating airspeeds Extension 178 KIAS Retraction 150 KIAS Approach airspeed Flaps LDG 85 KIAS Maximum operating speed VMO 266 KIAS Glide speed maximum L D ratio ...

Page 242: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 243: ...ed 2 Baggage Stowed 3 EMERGENCY EXIT pin Removed 4 Seat pedals harness Adjust Lock 5 PASSENGER OXYGEN STBY 6 OXYGEN ON 7 Crew oxygen masks Test 8 EXT LIGHTS All OFF 9 INT LIGHTS All OFF 10 Crash lever Down 11 STARTER OFF 12 IGNITION AUTO 13 AUX BP OFF 14 FUEL SEL MAN 15 AP TRIMS OFF 16 A C OFF Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 17 SEATS HTRS MASTER OFF All 18 CB LIGHTS OFF 19 MI...

Page 244: ...LANDING GEAR DN 24 DUMP NORM Guarded 25 BLEED OFF 26 HOT AIR FLOW Fully turned to the right 27 MAN OVRD Full backward notched 28 THROTTLE CUT OFF 29 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Open L or R 30 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE Pushed 31 EMERGENCY RAM AIR Pushed 32 ESS BUS TIE NORM Guarded 33 Breakers All pushed 34 Landing gear emergency pump handle Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 245: ...d 3 Start clearance As required 4 SOURCE BATT or GPU 5 GENERATOR MAIN 6 TEST Press 7 LANDING GEAR LIGHTS CHECK DOWN Test 8 MFD Initialize 9 Fuel on board Check 10 Residual ITT Check If residual ITT 150 C 11 Perform procedure Motoring Refer to procedure hereafter 12 VOLTS BATT 24 5 V GPU 28 V Check 13 CAS Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 246: ...uary 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 4 Motoring if residual ITT 150 C 1 IGNITION OFF 2 AUX BP ON 3 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 4 Propeller area Clear 5 STARTER ON 2 sec then OFF After 30 seconds maximum 6 STARTER ABORT Then OFF 7 AUX BP OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 247: ...d 4th new engine start 1 IGNITION AUTO 2 AUX BP ON 3 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 4 Propeller area Clear 5 STARTER ON 2 sec then OFF When Ng around 13 6 THROTTLE LO IDLE 7 ITT Ng OIL C and OIL PSI Monitor ITT Maximum 1000 C for 5 sec 870 C for 20 sec Ng 30 before 30 sec 50 before 1 min When Ng 50 and 1 minute max 8 Starter Check OFF automatically End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 248: ...e After engine start 1 THROTTLE LO IDLE Flight IDLE 2 Ng Check 70 2 3 OIL C and OIL PSI Check 4 AUX BP AUTO 5 FUEL SEL AUTO 6 SHIFT Test 7 AP TRIMS ON If BATT 80 amps 8 GENERATOR ST BY Test 9 GENERATOR MAIN 10 CAS Check 11 A C As required Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 12 SEATS HTRS MASTER As required All 13 BLEED AUTO or MAX DIFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT O...

Page 249: ...Page 4 3 7 Before taxiing 1 Stand by instruments Check 2 DE ICE SYSTEM Test 3 INERT SEP ON 4 Flight controls Check 5 TRIMS Test 6 FLAPS UP 7 MFD FPL Set LFE Set Check WX RADAR STBY 8 THROTTLE Feather twice 9 EIS Check 10 CAS Check 11 TAXI lights ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 250: ...AUTO 7 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 8 PITOT L HTR PITOT R STALL HTR ON 9 INERT SEP ON 10 TRIMS TO 11 FLAPS TO 12 A C As required 13 BLEED AUTO or MAX DIFF 14 LFE Check 15 FUEL gages Check imbalance 16 BATT Check below 50 amps 17 EIS Check 18 CAS Check 19 Altimeters setting As required 20 Instruments departure setting Check 21 SID PROC Set 22 ALT SEL Set 23 XPDR squawk Set End of procedure PIM DO NOT ...

Page 251: ... 3 Page 4 3 9 Normal takeoff 1 ADI HSI headings Check 2 PROP RPM Green sector 3 Brakes Release 4 TRQ 100 5 Rotation airspeed 6 Attitude 10 Up When vertical speed is positive 7 Brakes Apply 8 LANDING GEAR UP When airspeed above 115 KIAS 9 FLAPS UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 252: ... HSI headings Check 2 PROP RPM Green sector 3 TRQ 100 4 Brakes Release 5 Rotation airspeed Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 6 Attitude 15 Up Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 7 Attitude 12 5 Up When vertical speed is positive 8 Brakes Apply 9 LANDING GEAR UP When airspeed above 115 KIAS 10 FLAPS UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 253: ...A Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 11 After takeoff 1 LANDING GEAR Check UP 2 FLAPS Check UP 3 TRQ Check max 100 4 EIS Check 5 CAS Check 6 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 7 INERT SEP As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 254: ... Check 2 Altimeters setting As required 3 Autopilot Check 4 TRQ adjustment ITT Ng Check 5 EIS Check 6 CAS Check 7 WX RADAR As required 8 Pressurization Check 9 FUEL gages Check 10 AMPS VOLTS Check 11 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 12 INERT SEP As required 13 LDG lights As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 255: ...uise 1 Altimeters setting Check 2 Autopilot Check 3 TRQ adjustment ITT Ng Check 4 EIS Check 5 CAS Check 6 Pressurization Check 7 FUEL gages Check 8 AMPS VOLTS Check 9 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 10 INERT SEP As required 11 LDG lights OFF 12 Top of descent Computed End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 256: ...ry 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 14 Before descent 1 Briefing before approach Completed 2 Altimeters setting Check 3 Pressurization Check 4 LFE Check 5 FUEL gages Check 6 AMPS VOLTS Check 7 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 8 INERT SEP As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 257: ... Page 4 3 15 Approach 1 Altimeters setting QNH Set Check 2 Minimums Set Check 3 COM NAV GPS Set Check 4 Pressurization Check 5 LFE Check 6 FUEL gages Check 7 AMPS VOLTS Check 8 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 9 INERT SEP ON Below FL 100 10 LDG lights ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 258: ...on 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 16 Final approach in GS or downwind leg VMC 1 LDG lights ON 2 LANDING GEAR DN Check 3 green 3 FLAPS TO End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 259: ...k Section 4 Normal procedures EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 17 Short final 500 ft 1 LANDING GEAR Check DN and 3 green 2 FLAPS LDG 3 AP YD Disconnect End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 260: ...dition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 3 18 Runway clear 1 TAXI light ON 2 NAV As required 3 STROBE As required 4 DE ICE SYSTEM As required 5 TRIMS Reset to TO 6 FLAPS UP 7 A C As required 8 XPDR Check 9 WX RADAR Check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 261: ... C OFF Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 8 SEATS HTRS MASTER OFF All 9 BLEED OFF 10 THROTTLE Flight IDLE For 2 min 11 THROTTLE LO IDLE For 15 sec 12 THROTTLE CUT OFF 13 INERT SEP OFF 14 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 15 AUX BP OFF 16 GENERATOR OFF When inertial separator is retracted after approximately 40 sec 17 SOURCE OFF 18 Crash lever Pull down 19 Stand by instruments OFF Contin...

Page 262: ...xygen cylinder right wing fairing Close 21 Install air inlet and static port plugs and exhaust and pitot covers NOTE Be careful of exhaust stubs temperature before installing covers NOTE 15 to 20 minutes after the engine shutdown check engine oil level Refer to chapter 8 7 Oil level check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 263: ...ystems and parts attachments deflections leaks cracks deteriorations non obstructions nicks numbers free movements position In cold weather remove even small accumulations of frost ice or snow from wing tail and control surfaces In case of night flight check good operation of all navigation lights landing lights strobe lights and make sure that an emergency lamp is on board If icing conditions are...

Page 264: ...1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 4 4 2 Preflight inspection 2 16 Continuing WARNING Remove tie downs Refer to section 8 for quantities products and specifications of products and materials currently used Figure 4 4 1 Preflight inspection Continue PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 265: ...itch OFF Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 2 SEATS HTRS MASTER switch OFF All 3 DE ICE SYSTEM panel All OFF 4 MICRO MASK switch MICRO Guarded 5 Flight controls lock Removed Stowed NOTE The flight controls lock is normally stowed in the front cargo compartment with the towing bar and the blanking covers 6 Flight controls deflections Check 7 PARK BRAKE ON 8 LANDING GEAR lever DN ...

Page 266: ... CUT OFF 13 FLAPS lever UP 14 FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R Opendoor of emergency landingcompartment to check LANDING GEAR emergency control 15 Lever Pushed down 16 By pass selector Fully depressed 17 Door In place NOTE By pass selector must be pushed at its maximum stop so as to have the door in place 18 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Pushed 19 EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob Pushed 20 Breakers pane...

Page 267: ...ng to operate as soon as SOURCE selector is moved to BATT or GPU if connected ELECTRIC POWER panel 27 Crash lever Up 28 GENERATOR selector MAIN 29 SOURCE selector OFF 30 ACCESS lighting Check To ensure that the fuse of the BATT BUS operates correctly 31 INT LIGHTS panel All OFF 32 EXT LIGHTS panel All OFF 33 OXYGEN switch OFF 34 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch STBY 35 Emergency lighting Check CAUTION Befo...

Page 268: ...his minimum voltage is not an absolute guarantee for a correctly charged battery It is recommended to use a GPU in cold weather when airplane has been stopped more than 3 hours at a temperature below 10 C 14 F If GPU source CAUTION Low voltage around 24 5 V may indicate that only the battery is powering the airplane and not the pair GPU battery Make sure that a GPU is connected and powering the ai...

Page 269: ...and stall warning alert Reentering the airplane 49 EXT LIGHTS panel All OFF 50 CAS display Check 51 Left and right FUEL quantities Check 52 FLAPS lever LDG LANDING GEAR panel 53 Warning lights Check 3 green ON 54 LIGHT TEST push button Press Check all lights flashing DE ICE SYSTEM panel WARNING Do not touch pitots nor stall warning vane They could be hot enough to burn skin 55 PITOT L HTR switch O...

Page 270: ...ing system STALL HTR is indicated by display of corresponding CAS message when control switches are ON 58 PITOT HT ON L R Check ON 59 STALL HEAT ON Check ON 60 PITOT L HTR switch OFF 61 PITOT R STALL HTR switch OFF 62 Crash lever Pull down Cabin II 63 Cabin fire extinguisher Pressure Attachment 64 Seats belts Check 65 Windows General condition No crack 66 Emergency exit Closed Locked 67 Anti theft...

Page 271: ...ne shutdown be careful because the leading edge of engine air inlet as well as exhaust stubs may be very hot If the airplane was in long term storage or if it has undergone major maintenance or if it has been used from emergency airfields a thorough outside inspection is recommended When the airplane is stored outside the use of the flight control lock and blanking covers is recommended Propeller ...

Page 272: ... the neutral position it is normal that spoilers are lightly extended at upper surface 75 Trailing edge static discharger Condition Number Attachment 76 Winglet nav lights strobe landing light recognition light taxi light Condition 77 OAT probe Condition 78 Fuel tank cap Closed Locked NOTE Fuel tank caps must be tight which is characterized by a consequent exertion to lock and unlock them to avoid...

Page 273: ... 85 Fuel tank drain two on each wing Drain Fuel free of water and contamination NOTE In case of water in fuel system drain it carefully using the four drain valves of tank sumps and the fuel filter drain valve till every trace of water or deposit has disappeared A long term storage of the airplane causes water accumulation in fuel which absorbs additive This phenomenon occurs when an excessive qua...

Page 274: ...ve loads being transmitted to the airplane structure during ground operations Without passengers and baggages on board the unpainted surface of the main gear shock absorber tube must be visible about 55 mm 2 17 in of minimum height with half tank 40 mm 1 57 in of minimum height with full tanks Fuselage forward section IV Forward compartment 90 Inside Check 91 Door Close Lock 92 GPU door Closed If ...

Page 275: ...ck 99 Fuel pipes No leak deterioration wear 100 Engine cowls Condition Closed Locked Air inlets 101 Main No cracks Unobstructed NOTE Check for no cracks which are sometimes put in evidence by traces of soot resulting from exhaust gases 102 Lateral upper Unobstructed NOTE Lateral air inlets which supply air conditioning system and oil cooler are provided with blanking covers It is not the case for ...

Page 276: ... 104 Shock absorber Check 105 Doors Check 106 Tire Check 107 Wheel well Check NOTE Without passengers and baggages on board the unpainted surface of the nose gear shock absorber tube must be visible about 57 mm 2 22 in of minimum height with full tanks 63 mm 2 46 in of minimum height with half tank NOTE Crush or relieve the shock absorber one time or twice before the inspection to remove possible ...

Page 277: ...el tank air vent Unobstructed 119 Right pitot Condition 120 Winglet nav light strobe landing light recognition light taxi light Condition 121 Trailing edge static discharger Condition Number Attachment 122 Aileron spoiler Condition Free movement Deflection 123 Flap Condition Play Rear R H karman 124 Oxygen cylinder Open 125 Oxygen pressure Check 126 Confirm OXYGEN quantity in regards with the expe...

Page 278: ...ck that these two parts are connected by the locking roller 132 Inspection door under fuselage Attachments Closed 133 Horizontal stabilizer deicer boots R H side Condition Attachments 134 Elevator and trim Condition Deflection free movement Trim position NOTE To check the deflection hold the two half elevators near fuselage inside both elevator trims to avoid stresses 135 Static dischargers Condit...

Page 279: ...he side panels Pilot seat and R H front seat if occupied Adjust NOTE Adjust seats and harnesses to ensure access to flight controls The pilot at L H position must be able to easily reach the A C and PRESSURIZATION panel 5 Height adjustment Max UP 6 Fore and aft adjustment Adjust and check locking 7 Height adjustment Adjust 8 L H and R H pedals Adjust 9 Pilot and passengers belts and harnesses Fast...

Page 280: ...engers mask deployment 12 Crew oxygen masks Test NOTE Press push button PRESS TO TEST the blinker shall turn red momentarily then turns transparent 13 EXT LIGHTS panel All OFF 14 INT LIGHTS panel All OFF 15 DIMMER switch OFF 16 CABIN switch OFF 17 ACCESS switch OFF 18 PANEL rheostat Fully turned to the left 19 All lights OFF 20 Crash lever Down 21 STARTER switch OFF NOTE If not starter is going to...

Page 281: ...ch OFF 24 FUEL SEL switch MAN 25 AP TRIMS switch OFF 26 A C switch OFF Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 27 SEATS HTRS MASTER switch OFF All 28 CB LIGHTS switch OFF 29 MICRO MASK switch MICRO Guarded 30 DE ICE SYSTEM panel All OFF 31 INERT SEP switch OFF 32 PARK BRAKE Reset ON 33 LANDING GEAR lever DN 34 DUMP switch NORM Guarded 35 BLEED switch OFF 36 HOT AIRFLOW distributor Fu...

Page 282: ... at start 38 MAN OVRD control Full backward notched CAUTION When the engine is shut down the THROTTLE must not be moved into the reverse area 39 THROTTLE CUT OFF 40 FUEL TANK SELECTOR Open L or R 41 ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE selector Normal Pushed 42 EMERGENCY RAM AIR Closed Pushed 43 ESS BUS TIE switch NORM Guarded 44 Breakers All pushed 45 EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR lever Check End of procedure PIM DO...

Page 283: ... 4 Start clearance As required 5 SOURCE selector BATT battery start or GPU GPU start If one screen L or R PFD or MFD is missing 6 SOURCE selector OFF 7 Wait for 30 seconds 8 SOURCE selector BATT battery start or GPU GPU start If GPU use 9 GPU DOOR Check ON 10 Voltmeter Check 28 Volts 0 5 Volt NOTE Voltage is higher than 24 5 Volts which corresponds to the voltage in case of battery use If battery ...

Page 284: ...ECK DOWN Test 20 MFD Initialize 21 Fuel onboard Check Quantity Check FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 22 Residual ITT Check If residual ITT 150 C 23 Perform procedure Motoring Refer to this chapter NOTE A start up procedure with an engine residual ITT above 150 C may generate an ITT exceedance Particular monitoring of ITT will have to be performed during start up to ensure to keep the temperature within ...

Page 285: ...y 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 23 Before starting engine 2 3 Continuing 27 PARK BRAKE Check ON NOTE PARK BRAKE appearance does not indicate that parking brake is set For that press on brake pedals before turning brake selector to the right End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 286: ...X BP switch ON 5 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 6 FUEL PRESS Check OFF 7 Propeller area Clear CAUTION If 5 seconds after having positioned the STARTER switch in ON position there is no start interrupt starting attempt using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch CAUTION Starter operation is bound by limitations in chapter 2 4 Starter operating limits 8 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously ...

Page 287: ...e below 150 C within starter operation limits may allow to stay within the allowed ITT envelope during startup sequence When Ng about 13 and ITT below 150 C and time below 20 seconds 12 THROTTLE LO IDLE Abort starting procedure if No ignition 10 seconds after having positioned THROTTLE to LO IDLE lights on max ITT 870 C for more than 20 seconds 1000 C for more than 5 seconds Ng 30 after 30 seconds...

Page 288: ...inuing When Ng 50 and 1 minute max CAUTION If the starter does not go off automatically disengage it using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch 16 Starter Check OFF automatically 17 STARTER Check OFF 18 Engine parameters Check Check 54 Ng 58 oil pressure and ITT in green sector End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 289: ...shutdown in high OAT above 35 C 95 F environment it is recommended to perform a 30 second dry motoring run It is possible that no trace of drainage be observed under engine due to the drainage collector intended to prevent parking area from contamination CAUTION After any starting interrupt procedure wait for engine total shutdown and wait at least 30 seconds before initiating a motoring Engine co...

Page 290: ... ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 11 Timer clock Start 12 STARTER Check ON 13 Motor For 15 sec max 14 STARTER switch ABORT Then OFF 15 STARTER Check OFF To cool engine following shutdown in high temperature environment 16 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 17 Timer clock Start 18 STARTER Check ON 19 Motor For 30 sec max If ignition symptoms occur ITT increasing 20 IGNITION switch Chec...

Page 291: ...oved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 29 Motoring 3 3 Continuing 23 STARTER switch ABORT Then OFF 24 STARTER Check OFF FUEL panel 25 AUX BP switch OFF 26 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check OFF 27 FUEL PRESS Check ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 292: ...dure This procedure will conserve the battery by taking advantage of first Ng acceleration Engine controls 1 MAN OVRD control Full backward notched CAUTION When the engine is shut down the THROTTLE must not be moved into the reverse area 2 THROTTLE CUT OFF 3 IGNITION switch OFF 4 IGNITION Check OFF Fuel 5 FUEL TANK SELECTOR L or R 6 AUX BP switch ON 7 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 8 FUEL PRESS Check O...

Page 293: ...onitor increase of 17 ITT max 870 C for 20 sec max 1000 C for 5 sec max 18 Ng 19 Oil pressure 20 OIL PRESS Check OFF When Ng 50 CAUTION If the starter does not go off automatically disengage it using the ABORT position of the STARTER switch 21 Starter Check OFF automatically 22 STARTER Check OFF 23 Engine parameters Check Check 54 Ng 58 oil pressure and ITT in green sector Fuel panel 24 AUX BP swi...

Page 294: ...tric power 26 MAIN GEN Check OFF Reset if necessary NOTE MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off If MAIN GEN does not go off 27 Ng Increase to more than 70 To start main generator 28 Generator and battery AMPS Check charge On EIS of MFD 29 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts On EIS of MFD End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 295: ...OTE MAIN GEN normally goes off as soon as STARTER goes off If MAIN GEN does not go off 7 Ng Increase over 70 To start main generator 8 Generator and battery AMPS Check charge On EIS of MFD 9 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts On EIS of MFD 10 CAS display Check 11 A C switch As required 12 BLEED switch AUTO or MAX DIFF When ground personnel is cleared from propeller area 13 Perform pr...

Page 296: ...TRIMS switch ON This initializes the A P system 8 PFD 1 MFD and PFD 2 NORMAL mode Perform generator test 9 BLEED switch OFF To unload the generator circuit 10 GENERATOR selector Check MAIN 11 AMPS VOLTS Check When MAIN LOAD 80 amps 12 GENERATOR selector ST BY 13 AMPS VOLTS Check If the voltage on the ST BY generator is low close to 27 volts 14 GENERATOR RESET ST BY push button Press To reset ST BY...

Page 297: ...tegrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide 18 Brightness Adjust 19 DISPLAY BACKUP push button Check Then return to NORMAL mode 20 CAS Check Check engine parameters 21 A C switch As required NOTE Cabin temperature will not be properly regulated when the A C switch is set to OFF 22 TEMP selector Adjust Airplane with seat heaters Post MOD70 0588 25 23 SEATS HTRS MASTER switch As required All 24 BLEED switch ...

Page 298: ...e the usable oxygen percent using the chart of figure 4 4 2 Figure 4 4 2 Usable oxygen 4 Determine the oxygen duration in minutes by multiplying the values in the figure 4 4 3 table by the percent obtained with the chart of figure 4 4 2 Number of passengers Duration Passengers plus 1 pilot Duration Passengers plus 2 pilots 0 226 113 1 162 94 2 127 81 3 104 71 4 88 65 Figure 4 4 3 Oxygen duration E...

Page 299: ...Check illumination of the green light located above the switch NOTE Illumination of the green light shows that electric power is supplied to blade root electric resistors It is advised to wait at least a whole half cycle 90 seconds to check that both blade heating systems are correctly supplied with electric power 4 PROP DE ICE switch OFF 5 WINDSHIELD switch ON 6 Check illumination of the green li...

Page 300: ... functioning of deicer boots during 1 total cycle and illumination of the two green lights located above the switch NOTE The cycle lasts 67 seconds Check both inflation impulses and illumination of each corresponding green light the first impulse inflates the external and middle wing boots the second impulse inflates the leading edge boots of empennages and inner wing 11 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch OFF...

Page 301: ... MFD flight management 22 Weight computing Set Check 23 FOB fuel on board synchronization Set If requested 24 FPL Set 25 LFE selection Done Landing Field Elevation selection is done on the touchscreen controller using either automatically the destination airport of the flight plan or a manual entry by pressing HOME AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS LFE andthen MANUAL 26 VHF VOR GPS Adjust Test 27 Radar Adjust Test...

Page 302: ...ep the spent time with the propeller RPM in the caution yellow range at a minimum 31 THROTTLE FEATHER twice Flight IDLE to LO IDLE then Flight IDLE twice 32 EIS Check 33 CAS display Check 34 Passenger briefing As required 35 TAXI lights ON 36 PARK BRAKE OFF Make sure that chocks are removed if used 37 PARK BRAKE Check OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 303: ... OFF and cause damage to the propeller 1 TAXI lights Check ON 2 THROTTLE As required NOTE After initial acceleration THROTTLE may be in the TAXI range sector avoiding excessive movements in order to keep a constant ground speed 3 Brakes Test 4 Nose wheel steering Check Check that the control wheel moves roll in the same direction as the rudder pedals due to the rudder aileron interconnect 5 Flight...

Page 304: ...h ON 6 STROBE switch ON 7 IGNITION As required AUTO or ON 8 AUX BP switch AUTO 9 FUEL SEL switch AUTO DE ICE SYSTEM panel 10 AIRFRAME DE ICE switch As required 11 PROP DE ICE switch As required 12 WINDSHIELD switch As required 13 PITOT L HTR switch ON 14 PITOT R STALL HTR switch ON 15 INERT SEP switch ON If icing conditions are foreseen 16 Perform procedure Flight into known icing conditions Refer...

Page 305: ...eck Check again for proper operation from stop to stop full deflection 22 A C switch As required 23 BLEED switch AUTO or MAX DIFF 24 LFE Check 25 FUEL gages Check quantity and imbalance CAUTION Do not take off if battery charge 50 amps 4 amps NOTE After starting engine with airplane power a battery charge above 50 amps is normal If this indication remains steady at a high value it may be then a ba...

Page 306: ...1 Instruments departure setting Check 32 SID Set 33 ALT SEL Set 34 XPDR Set 35 VHF VOR GPS XPDR Adjust Check 36 Stormscope TAS TAWS ADF if installed Adjust Check 37 Radar Adjust Check On ground maintain radar on STANDBY in order not to generate radiations prejudicial to outside persons 38 Radio altimeter if installed Adjust Check 39 Transponder code Adjust Check 40 Takeoff distances Check Refer to...

Page 307: ...1 Rotation airspeed VR Check 42 Pilot s Passengers belts Check 43 Passengers table Stowed 44 Engine instruments Check All engine parameters must be in green range except propeller RPM which will be about 1000 RPM or more with THROTTLE at Flight IDLE 45 PARK BRAKE OFF 46 PARK BRAKE Check OFF End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 308: ...nose up attitude when airplane center of gravity is at a middle average 3 HSI Heading Stand by compass Check NOTE The indication of the stand by compass is disturbed when windshield deice systems are activated 4 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG 5 Engine instruments Check ITT in green sector 6 CAS display Check All messages OFF except IGNITION and INERT SEP ON if used 7 Apply brakes and increase power 8 PRO...

Page 309: ...goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It is possible that the 3 landing gear position green indicator lights flash unevenly then go off at the end of the sequence 15 GEAR UNSAFE red warning light and GEAR UNSAFE Check OFF At the end of the sequence In case of initial climb at Vx...

Page 310: ...2 Horizon Check attitude 2 NOTE Horizon has been set so as to indicate a 2 nose up attitude when airplane center of gravity is at a middle average 3 HSI Heading Stand by compass Check NOTE The indication of the stand by compass is disturbed when windshield deice systems are activated 4 OFF TAXI LDG switch LDG 5 Engine instruments Check ITT in green sector 6 CAS display Check All messages OFF excep...

Page 311: ... Apply Briefly 15 LANDING GEAR lever UP Airspeed 150 KIAS NOTE During the sequence The amber caution light flashes It indicates that the landing gear pump is running It goes off when the 3 landing gears are up locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It is possible that the 3 landing gear position green indicator lights f...

Page 312: ...uary 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 50 Short takeoff 3 3 Continuing In case of initial climb at Vx WARNING It is recommended not to retract FLAPS to UP before 500 ft AGL 17 Airspeed 100 KIAS When airspeed above 115 KIAS 18 FLAPS lever UP End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 313: ...15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 51 After takeoff 1 LANDING GEAR lever Check UP 2 FLAPS lever Check UP 3 TRQ Check 100 max 4 Climb airspeed 124 KIAS 5 EIS Check 6 CAS display Check 7 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required 8 INERT SEP switch As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 314: ...t high altitude according to the tables during the final climb reaching the maximum permitted Ng 104 is possible and the ITT will be approximately constant giving a particular value of ITT For a simplified engine operation during climb power may be set first of all by torque using 100 then when the ITT typical value for climb is reached by indicated ITT using this particular value The margin betwe...

Page 315: ...selector Adjust 11 FUEL gages Check Verify fuel quantity and imbalance correct if necessary 12 AMPS VOLTS Check CAUTION If heavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 13 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 14 INERT SEP switch As required 15 LDG lights As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 316: ... the PFDs NOTE Engine operation tables chapter 5 8 give torque to be applied according to OAT in order not to exceed authorized maximum power When INERT SEP switch is OFF a more accurate setting of torque must then be performed according to cruise performance tables presented in chapter 5 11 4 EIS Check 5 CAS display Check 6 Pressurization Check Regularly check fuel gages for 7 Consumption 8 Expec...

Page 317: ...15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 55 Cruise 2 2 Continuing CAUTION If heavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 12 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 13 INERT SEP switch As required 14 LDG lights As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 318: ...eavy precipitation turn IGNITION and INERT SEP switches to ON 8 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 9 Windshield misting protection system As required Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting 10 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Set to 12 o clock position 11 WINDSHIELD switch ON If misting continues 12 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Or refer to chapter 3 ...

Page 319: ... ON 9 DE ICE SYSTEM panel As required Refer to chapter 4 5 10 Windshield misting protection system As required Prior to descent in moist conditions and to avoid canopy misting 11 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Set to 12 o clock position 12 WINDSHIELD switch ON If misting continues 13 HOT AIR FLOW distributor Turn to the left Or refer to chapter 3 11 paragraph Windshield misting or internal icing 14 INER...

Page 320: ...or lights Check ON 8 GEAR UNSAFE red warning light Check OFF 9 GEAR UNSAFE Check OFF 10 Amber light Check OFF NOTE During the sequence The amber caution light flashes It indicates that the landing gear pump is running It goes off when the 3 landing gears are down locked GEAR UNSAFE red warning light ON and GEAR UNSAFE indicate an anomaly refer to chapter 3 7 Emergency procedures It is possible tha...

Page 321: ...ust be extended in landing position before crossing the OUTER MARKER Without AP engaged 3 Approach airspeed 85 KIAS With AP engaged 4 Approach airspeed Above 85 KIAS NOTE This is to avoid any vertical deviation in case of late FLAPS extension to LDG position in short final 5 AP YD Disconnect Before 200 ft NOTE The pilot effort required to use the rudder pedals is reduced if the yaw damper is turne...

Page 322: ...er not to use reverse below 40 KIAS 2 Reverse As required Reverse may be applied as soon as the wheels touch the ground NOTE To avoid ingestion of foreign objects come out of the reverse range as speed reduces and use the brakes if necessary for further deceleration NOTE High power reverse at low speed can throw loose material into the air and can cause control problems and decrease the comfort of...

Page 323: ... lbs 2984 kg If airspeed has been maintained at 80 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the vertical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 85 KIAS 5 LANDING GEAR lever UP All warning lights OFF When airspeed is at or above 110 KIAS 6 FLAPS lever UP 7 Climb airspeed As required Weight above 6579 lbs 2984 kg If airspee...

Page 324: ...EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 62 Go around with AP OFF 2 2 Continuing When airspeed is at or above 115 KIAS 9 FLAPS lever UP 10 Climb airspeed As required All 11 TRQ As required End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 325: ...vertical speed is positive and when airspeed is at or above 85 KIAS 4 LANDING GEAR lever UP All warning lights OFF When airspeed is at or above 110 KIAS 5 FLAPS lever UP 6 Climb airspeed As required Weight above 6579 lbs 2984 kg If airspeed has been maintained at 85 KIAS or more and TRQ 100 select flaps to TO position as soon as the 10 Up attitude has been attained When the vertical speed is posit...

Page 326: ...ing the flare may induce a pronounced deceleration which may lead to a drop down of the airplane 1 Takeoff distances Checked Refer to chapter 5 9 2 Rotation airspeed VR Checked After wheels touch 3 FLAPS lever TO 4 Elevator trim Green sector It is faster to use manual elevator trim control than electric one Ensure that runway length is sufficient to complete this sequence Continue PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 327: ...er Do not increase power with full flaps as airplane may lift off prematurely at low speed 5 THROTTLE T O power If normal takeoff 6 Attitude 10 Up If short takeoff Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 7 Attitude 15 Up Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 8 Attitude 12 5 Up NOTE The POH does not supply distances for touch and go The pilot must decide whether the runway length is sufficient End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FO...

Page 328: ...switch OFF 5 PROP DE ICE switch OFF 6 WINDSHIELD switch As required 7 PITOT L HTR switch OFF 8 PITOT R STALL HTR switch OFF 9 INERT SEP switch Check ON 10 Trims Reset to takeoff position 11 FLAPS lever UP 12 A C switch As required 13 XPDR Check GND 14 WX radar Check Maintain WX radar on standby in order not to generate radiations prejudicial to outside persons The WX radar is automatically set to ...

Page 329: ...rs system Post MOD70 0588 25 9 SEATS HTRS MASTER switch OFF All 10 BLEED switch OFF 11 Check for cabin depressurization Δp 0 Psi 12 THROTTLE Flight IDLE For 2 min NOTE This allows the engine to stabilize at minimum obtainable ITT in order to minimize the likelihood of oil coking in the 3 bearing area 13 THROTTLE LO IDLE For 15 sec NOTE Keep THROTTLE on LO IDLE position for 15 sec minimum before sh...

Page 330: ... PARK BRAKE As required CAUTION In case of high OAT above 35 C 95 F motoring for up to 30 seconds is required after engine shutdown to minimize oil coking and cool the engine bearings refer to the Motoring procedure Shutdown stand by instruments MD302 normal shutdown procedure 24 No pilot actionrequired for normal shutdown The MD302will shut down automatically within 60 seconds following electrica...

Page 331: ...SA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 2 Page 4 4 69 Shutdown 3 3 Continuing 26 Turn the control knob to select POWER OFF on the menu and press the control knob to shut down the standby attitude module End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 332: ... Oxygen cylinder right wing fairing Close 2 Install air inlet and static port plugs and exhaust and pitot covers NOTE Be careful of exhaust stubs temperature before installing covers NOTE 15 to 20 minutes after the engine shutdown check engine oil level Refer to chapter 8 7 Oil level check End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 333: ...ditions exist when the OAT on the ground or in flight is 5 C or below and visible moisture in any form is present clouds fog with visibility of one mile 1 6 km or less rain snow sleet or ice crystals Icing conditions also exist when the OAT on the ground is 5 C or below and when operating on ramps taxiways or runways where surface snow ice standing water or slush may be ingested by the engine or f...

Page 334: ...rving the corresponding green advisory light illumination at each boot inflation impulse If correct operation cannot be confirmed do not enter or leave as soon as possible icing conditions Perform emergency procedure Leading edges deicing failure paragraph 3 11 Ice protection procedures CAUTION Should conditions require it apply these directives from beginning of taxi onwards Prior to entering IMC...

Page 335: ...ield deicing system s operate s When operating under IMC CAUTION Inertial separator position affects engine parameters particularly TRQ and ITT Care must be exercised when operating the inertial separator or when increasing power with the inertial separator ON to avoid exceeding engine limitations 7 INERT SEP switch ON 8 IGNITION switch ON NOTE IGNITION switch may be left ON for a long period 9 IN...

Page 336: ...o ON as long as ice thickness on non deiced visible parts exceeds 15 mm or in This will avoid ice fragments coming from propeller spinner and being ingested by engine Procedures for holding approach and landing in icing conditions Minimum recommended airspeeds are Weight 6579 lbs 2984 kg 6579 lbs 2984 kg FLAPS UP 130 KIAS 135 KIAS FLAPS TO 110 KIAS 115 KIAS FLAPS LDG 90 KIAS 95 KIAS If there is ic...

Page 337: ...count on one side the stall airspeed increase due to profile shape deterioration and on the other side the weight increase of the iced up airplane taking as a basis the airplane maximum weight when not iced up Rate of climb values with ice accumulation on the unprotected surfaces are to be decreased by 10 Cruise airspeeds may be decreased by 10 if cruise power is not changed or more if cruise powe...

Page 338: ...llowing 1 Immediately request priority handling from Air Traffic Control to facilitate a route or an altitude change to exit the severe icing conditions in order to avoid extended exposure to flight conditions more severe than those for which the airplane has been certificated 2 Avoid abrupt and excessive maneuvering that may exacerbate control difficulties 3 Do not engage the autopilot If the aut...

Page 339: ...ded in highly improbable case of an engine flame out further to an important ingestion to ensure immediate restarting without action of the pilot 2 INERT SEP switch ON End of procedure Utilization on runways covered with water If takeoff or landing must be performed on a runway covered with water 1 IGNITION switch ON 2 INERT SEP switch ON End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 340: ...any snow or ice from the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces landing gear wells and gear doors as well as flap tracks actuators and their fairings 2 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces and in the landing gear wells shortly before takeoff Taxiing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check ON 5 FLAPS lever UP 6 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS 7 B...

Page 341: ...unway condition The ground roll may be multiplied by 3 in some melting or not tamped snow cases 10 IGNITION switch ON 11 INERT SEP switch ON 12 INERT SEP ON Check ON Takeoff During takeoff run 13 Lightly lift up nose wheel In order to reduce the forward resistance due to snow accumulation against the wheel After takeoff 14 Normally retract the landing gear then perform a complete cycle extension r...

Page 342: ... Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow 3 3 Continuing Touch and Go WARNING Touch and Go is prohibited On the ramp after landing or taxiing 18 Do not use the parking brake to prevent brake lock 19 Use chocks and or tie down the airplane End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 343: ...anding gear wells and gear doors as well as flap tracks actuators and their fairings 2 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces shortly before takeoff Taxiing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check ON 5 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE 6 Steer the airplane using th...

Page 344: ...nly if necessary and very progressively by monitoring the airplane behaviour NOTE The engine torque tends to make the airplane turn to the left 16 Taxi airspeed Max 5 KIAS Use β area of THROTTLE to adjust airspeed Apply very smooth variations using THROTTLE 17 Steer the airplane using the rudder NOTE Make turns at a very low airspeed engine torque tends to make the airplane turn to the left 18 Use...

Page 345: ... C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C NOTE The procedure hereafter supplements the normal procedures for the airplane use when operating under temperatures between 0 C and 40 C on ground Figure 4 5 1 Operating envelopes by cold weather 0 C to 25 C and very cold weather 25 C to 40 C End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 346: ...rocedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 4 Carry out a complete rotation of the propeller to check its free rotation 5 Do not perform a fuel draining If the airplane is operating permanently undernegativetemperatures drainings will have to be performed oncea week after having parked the airplane in a heated hangar 6 Remove chocks and or release ties from...

Page 347: ...erform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow Refer to chapter 4 5 or 17 Perform procedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 Landing After landing 18 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 According to the condition of runways and taxiways 19 Perform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melt...

Page 348: ...ng 22 PARK BRAKE Check OFF NOTE Use of the parking brake in cold or very cold weather is not recommended in order to prevent the brakes from sticking 23 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 24 Use chocks and or tie down the airplane using anchor points on ground 25 Install air inlet and static port plugs and exhaust and pitot covers End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIG...

Page 349: ...and movable surfaces According to the condition of runways and taxiways 3 Perform procedure Utilization on runways covered with melting or not tamped snow Refer to chapter 4 5 or 4 Perform procedure Utilization on icy or covered with tamped snow runways Refer to chapter 4 5 5 Spray anti icing fluid on the wings stabilizers and movable surfaces upper and lower surfaces shorthly before takeoff 6 Car...

Page 350: ... Check OFF NOTE This enables to preheat spark igniters before starting the engine Before starting the engine 15 Perform normal procedures defined in Chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 Engine start CAUTION The starting must be mandatorily performed using an external power source GPU 16 Ground power unit Connected 17 SOURCE selector GPU 18 GPU DOOR Check ON 19 Battery and ESS bus VOLTS Check voltage 28 Volts ...

Page 351: ...TLE CUT OFF FUEL panel 22 AUX BP switch ON 23 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check ON 24 FUEL PRESS Check OFF 25 Propeller area Clear ENGINE START panel 26 IGNITION switch ON 27 IGNITION Check ON 28 STARTER switch ON 2 sec then OFF Simultaneously 29 Timer Start 30 STARTER Check ON When Ng 13 31 THROTTLE HI IDLE Move directly THROTTLE to HI IDLE NOTE The more the temperature is low the more the selector is hard ...

Page 352: ...BORT position of the STARTER switch 32 Starter Check OFF automatically 33 STARTER Check OFF 34 Engine parameters Check Ng 70 2 Oil pressure and ITT in green sector 35 SOURCE selector BATT 36 BAT OFF Check OFF 37 IGNITION switch AUTO 38 IGNITION Check OFF 39 Ground power unit Disconnect 40 GPU door Close 41 GPU DOOR Check OFF FUEL panel 42 AUX BP switch AUTO 43 AUX BOOST PMP ON Check OFF 44 GENERAT...

Page 353: ... 47 TEMP selector Max warm 48 FAN speed selector 0 PRESSURIZATION panel 49 BLEED switch AUTO or MAX DIFF As soon as the oil temperature is greater than 0 C 50 THROTTLE FEATHER twice Flight IDLE to LO IDLE then Flight IDLE twice 51 Perform normal procedures defined in chapter s 4 3 and or 4 4 Before taxiing Taxiing Before line up Takeoff 52 Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1 Landing After la...

Page 354: ...defined for the Envelope 2 After engine start As soon as the current flow is lower than 100 A A C panel 2 A C switch PILOT 3 TEMP selector Max warm 4 FAN airspeed selector 0 PRESSURIZATION panel 5 BLEED switch AUTO or MAX DIFF 6 Preheat the cabin respecting time defined in figure 4 5 2 Before switching on the navigation and monitoring systems This allows to respect minimum temperatures necessary f...

Page 355: ...C Envelope 3 2 2 Continuing Landing After landing Shutdown 10 Perform procedures defined for Envelope 1 NOTE If landing is foreseen by cold or very cold weather or in case of prolonged operation of the airplane in such conditions it is recommended to prepare the airplane as specified in chapter 8 10 Figure 4 5 2 Preheating duration End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 356: ...improved and flare phase is lengthened in time and in distance with increase of piloting difficulties and landing performance During approach with crosswind CAUTION Do not use or select the fuel tank on the low wing side during prolonged sideslips with a fuel low warning or gauge indicating low CAUTION Maximum sideslip duration is 30 seconds 3 Maintain the airplane in drift correction through the ...

Page 357: ...he touch this operation may provide pitch oscillations while increasing the yaw movement to the wind Do not deflect ailerons into wind while taxiing This will raise spoilers and have a detrimental effect A good solution is to maintain ailerons to neutral position during taxiing after landing and taxiing before takeoff 7 FLAPS lever UP NOTE Flaps travel is slow and will not have an appreciable effe...

Page 358: ...t the condition of such a runway Particular directives Taxi Takeoff 1 INERT SEP switch ON 2 INERT SEP ON Check ON Do not use the reverse NOTE In fact on a flat runway with grass it is necessary to adopt a power greater than the one obtained when the THROTTLE is set to Flight IDLE so the pilot will not be tempted to use the reverse End of procedure Landing 3 INERT SEP switch ON 4 INERT SEP ON Check...

Page 359: ...s runway 2 2 Continuing NOTE Under 40 KIAS using the reverse makes a cloud of solid particles dusts sand gravels cut grass appear around the front face of the airplane This will damage the propeller and after ingestion the engine internal components compressor and turbine blades End of procedure PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 360: ... to flight Check the systems availability requirements in the table 2 6 1 in section 2 GNSS GPS SBAS navigation equipment approvals depending on the planned navigation performance GPS flight plan In the active flight plan addition of a STAR or an approach is always made at the end of the flight plan In the scope of these additions the pilot must pay attention not to duplicate points End of procedu...

Page 361: ...5 8 Engine operation 5 8 1 Maximum climb power FL 200 124 KIAS 5 8 4 Maximum climb power FL 200 124 KIAS 5 8 5 Maximum climb power FL 200 170 KIAS M 0 40 5 8 6 Maximum climb power FL 200 170 KIAS M 0 40 5 8 7 Maximum cruise power FL 200 5 8 8 Maximum cruise power FL 200 5 8 9 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 5 8 10 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 5 8 11 5 9 Takeoff distances 5 9 1 Wei...

Page 362: ...limb performance after go around 5 10 9 Climb performance Flaps TO 5 10 10 5 11 Cruise performance 5 11 1 Maximum cruise 5 11 1 Normal cruise Recommended 5 11 9 Long range cruise 5500 lbs 2495 kg 5 11 17 Long range cruise 6300 lbs 2858 kg 5 11 19 Long range cruise 7100 lbs 3220 kg 5 11 21 5 12 Time consumption and descent distance 5 12 1 5 13 Holding time 5 13 1 5 14 Landing distances 5 14 1 Weigh...

Page 363: ...8 Rev 0 Page 5 1 1 5 1 General This section provides all of the required and additional performance data for airplane operations The section 9 Supplements of the POH provides specific airplane performance associated with optional equipment and systems PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 364: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 365: ...6 4 dB A ICAO Annex 16 Vol 1 6th edition Amdt 8 Chapter 10 Appendix 6 85 dB A 76 4 dB A Approved noise levels for TBM airplane are stated in EASA A 010 Type Certificate Data Sheet NOTE No determination has been made by the Federal Aviation Administration that the noise levels of this airplane are or should be acceptable or unacceptable for operation at into or out of any airport PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 366: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance EASA Approved Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 367: ...DN Flaps LDG LDG GR DN KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS 125 150 175 200 225 250 266 128 154 179 205 230 255 271 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 69 80 90 101 121 141 162 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 58 68 78 88 98 108 118 MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS 144 173 201 230 259 288 307 147 177 206 236 264 293 312 81 92 104 115 138 161 184 79 92 104 116 139 162 187 69 81 92 104 115 127 138 67 78 90 101 ...

Page 368: ...271 124 149 174 199 224 249 270 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 70 80 90 100 120 139 159 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 59 69 79 90 100 110 120 MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS MPH IAS MPH CAS 144 173 201 230 259 288 312 142 171 200 229 258 287 311 81 92 104 115 138 161 184 81 92 104 115 138 160 183 69 81 92 104 115 127 138 68 79 91 104 115 127 138 Figure 5 3 2 Alternate static source Bleed auto PIM DO NOT USE F...

Page 369: ... curve shows the minimum cabin altitude as a function of flight level corresponding to the maximum differential pressure The maximum differential pressure is limited by the pressurization system protection function Figure 5 4 1 Cabin pressurization envelope 260 240 220 180 140 160 200 280 300 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 Cabin altitude feet Pressurization useful envelope 9350 ft cabin Δ...

Page 370: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 371: ...03 02 07 08 17 18 27 28 6000 17 16 07 06 03 04 13 14 23 24 8000 21 20 11 10 01 00 09 10 19 20 10000 25 24 15 14 05 04 05 06 15 16 12000 29 28 19 18 09 08 01 02 11 12 14000 33 32 23 22 13 12 03 02 07 08 16000 37 36 27 26 17 16 07 06 03 04 18000 41 40 31 30 21 20 11 10 01 00 20000 45 44 35 34 25 24 15 14 05 04 22000 49 48 39 38 29 28 19 18 09 08 24000 53 52 43 42 33 32 23 22 13 12 26000 57 56 47 46 ...

Page 372: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 373: ...9 75 63 90 84 73 91 87 75 93 89 75 105 100 86 5512 lbs 2500 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 70 66 57 71 67 57 81 76 66 75 71 61 76 72 61 86 82 70 82 78 68 84 80 68 94 90 78 98 93 81 100 95 81 113 107 93 6579 lbs 2984 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 75 71 61 76 72 61 86 82 70 80 75 66 82 77 66 92 86 76 88 84 73 90 86 73 101 97 84 105 100 86 107 102 86 121 115 99 7394 lbs 3354 kg UP DN DN UP TO LDG 81 77 65 83 77 65 93...

Page 374: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 6 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 375: ...ormance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 7 1 5 7 Wind components Figure 5 7 1 Wind components Example Angle between wind direction and flight path 50 Headwind 8 kts Crosswind 10 kts Wind speed 13 kts PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 376: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 7 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 377: ...tables is the version 0719 14 or later This information is displayed on the MFD power up page upon system start CAUTION The TRQ setting must never exceed 100 When setting TRQ Ng must never exceed 104 The following conditions are given for all the tables pages 5 8 4 to 5 8 11 NOTE Inertial separator must be OFF and BLEED HI msg OFF Landing gear and flaps UP BLEED switch on AUTO represent the ISA co...

Page 378: ...the maximum torque to be set Maximum climb power TRQ setting 83 for IAS 124 KIAS Add 0 5 of TRQ for each additional 10 KIAS on climb airspeed cf tables figures 5 8 1 and 5 8 1A Maximum cruise power TRQ setting 97 cf tables figures 5 8 3 and 5 8 3A Recommended cruise power TRQ setting 92 cf tables figures 5 8 4 and 5 8 4A PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 379: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 8 3 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 380: ...24 22 20 18 g 16 14 12 100 10 100 8 98 6 100 96 4 99 95 2 100 98 93 0 100 95 91 2 100 98 93 88 4 100 95 90 85 6 100 97 92 87 82 8 100 94 89 85 80 10 100 97 92 87 82 78 12 99 94 89 84 80 75 14 100 97 91 86 82 77 72 16 100 98 94 88 84 79 74 18 100 95 91 86 81 76 20 100 97 92 88 83 78 22 99 94 89 85 80 24 100 96 91 86 82 26 100 98 93 88 84 28 99 94 90 85 30 96 91 87 32 93 88 34 90 Figure 5 8 1 Maximu...

Page 381: ...84 80 76 72 34 99 95 91 87 82 78 75 71 32 98 94 90 85 81 77 73 70 30 100 97 93 88 84 80 76 72 69 28 100 96 92 87 83 79 75 71 68 26 98 94 90 86 82 78 74 70 66 24 100 97 93 89 85 80 76 73 69 65 22 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 67 64 20 99 95 90 86 82 78 74 70 66 62 18 100 97 93 89 85 81 77 72 68 64 60 16 100 96 92 88 83 79 75 71 66 62 59 14 99 94 90 86 82 77 73 69 65 61 57 12 100 97 93 89 85 80 75 71 67 ...

Page 382: ...60 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 100 6 100 4 98 2 100 95 0 100 98 92 2 100 95 90 4 100 97 92 87 6 99 94 90 85 8 100 97 92 87 82 10 99 94 89 84 79 12 100 96 91 86 81 77 14 100 98 93 88 83 79 74 16 100 95 90 85 81 76 18 100 97 92 87 82 78 20 99 94 89 85 80 22 100 96 91 86 82 24 100 98 93 88 84 26 99 95 90 85 28 100 96 92 87 30 98 93 89 32 95 90 34 92 Figure 5 8 2 Maximum climb power FL 2...

Page 383: ...1 86 82 78 73 34 99 94 89 85 81 76 72 32 97 93 88 84 79 75 71 30 100 96 91 87 82 78 74 70 28 99 95 90 86 81 77 73 69 26 98 94 89 84 80 76 72 68 24 100 97 92 88 83 79 75 71 66 22 100 96 91 86 82 77 73 69 65 20 99 94 90 85 80 76 72 67 63 18 100 97 93 88 83 79 74 70 65 61 16 100 96 91 86 82 77 72 68 64 60 14 98 94 89 85 80 75 71 66 62 57 12 100 96 92 87 83 78 73 69 64 60 55 10 99 95 90 85 81 76 71 66...

Page 384: ... HI msg ON T C Flight level FL OAT 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 100 4 98 6 100 95 8 98 92 10 100 95 89 12 100 97 92 87 14 99 94 89 84 16 100 97 91 86 18 99 94 88 20 100 96 91 22 98 93 24 100 95 26 100 97 28 99 30 100 32 100 34 100 Figure 5 8 3 Maximum cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 5 8 1 for general conditions Recommended Ng 103 CAUTION TR...

Page 385: ... 91 86 82 32 100 95 90 85 80 30 98 93 88 84 79 28 97 92 87 82 78 26 100 95 90 85 81 76 24 99 94 89 84 79 74 22 97 92 87 82 77 72 20 100 96 90 85 80 75 70 18 99 94 88 83 78 73 68 16 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 67 14 100 95 89 84 79 74 69 64 12 98 93 87 82 77 72 67 62 10 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 64 60 8 99 93 88 82 77 72 67 62 58 6 100 96 90 85 80 74 69 65 60 4 99 93 88 82 77 72 67 63 2 100 96 90 85 80 75 70...

Page 386: ...80 190 200 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 100 2 99 0 100 96 2 99 94 4 100 96 91 6 99 93 88 8 100 95 90 85 10 100 98 92 87 82 12 100 95 89 84 79 14 100 97 92 86 81 77 16 99 94 89 84 79 18 100 96 91 86 81 20 100 98 93 88 83 22 100 95 90 85 24 100 97 92 87 26 100 99 93 89 28 100 95 90 30 100 97 92 32 99 94 34 96 Figure 5 8 4 Normal recommended cruise power FL 200 NOTE Refer to page 5 8 1 for general c...

Page 387: ...5 81 76 30 99 94 89 84 79 75 28 97 92 87 82 78 73 26 100 96 91 86 81 76 72 24 99 94 89 84 79 74 70 22 100 97 92 87 82 77 72 68 20 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 66 18 98 93 88 83 78 73 68 64 16 100 96 91 86 81 76 71 66 61 14 99 94 89 84 79 73 68 63 59 12 100 97 92 87 81 76 71 66 61 57 10 100 95 89 84 78 73 68 64 59 55 8 100 97 92 86 81 76 71 66 62 57 53 6 100 94 89 84 79 74 69 64 59 55 4 100 97 91 86 81 76...

Page 388: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 8 12 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 389: ... necessary to set the BLEED switch to OFF in order to get 100 TRQ during takeoff within the engine ITT limitations After takeoff reduce power before setting the BLEED switch to AUTO In sea level ISA conditions nominal Np is 1985 RPM Corrections In case of wind apply the following corrections Reduce total distances by 10 every 10 kts of headwind Increase total distances by 30 every 10 kts of tail w...

Page 390: ...265 850 1340 905 1415 4000 800 1260 885 1380 935 1460 990 1545 6000 880 1375 965 1505 1025 1595 1090 1690 8000 965 1500 1060 1645 1140 1765 1220 1880 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 865 1365 920 1435 965 1505 1000 1555 2000 955 1490 1005 1565 1060 1645 1100 1705 4000 1050 1625 1110 1720 1180 1825 1230 1895 6000 1165 1800 1240 1910 1320 2020 13...

Page 391: ...1285 1820 1355 1915 4000 1215 1725 1325 1875 1400 1975 1475 2075 6000 1320 1865 1445 2030 1545 2160 1645 2305 8000 1435 2020 1600 2240 1715 2400 1850 2570 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1310 1855 1375 1940 1440 2030 1490 2090 2000 1425 2010 1500 2110 1595 2235 1660 2320 4000 1580 2205 1675 2345 1790 2485 1865 2590 6000 1755 2455 1880 2615 200...

Page 392: ... 1770 2445 1860 2560 4000 1685 2325 1820 2505 1910 2630 2045 2785 6000 1810 2500 1970 2710 2130 2930 2290 3135 8000 1960 2695 2220 3045 2410 3265 2590 3490 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1800 2485 1880 2595 1965 2705 2060 2810 2000 1945 2675 2080 2865 2215 3040 2325 3160 4000 2185 3000 2355 3200 2500 3385 2610 3520 6000 2470 3340 2640 3550 28...

Page 393: ...5 2830 2810 2795 2775 4000 2840 2820 2805 2785 2765 2750 6000 2810 2790 2770 2750 2735 2710 8000 2775 2755 2735 2710 2690 2665 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2440 2425 2410 2400 2380 2365 2000 2415 2400 2385 2365 2350 2330 4000 2395 2375 2360 2340 2325 2305 6000 2365 2345 2330 2310 2290 2270 8000 2335 2315 2290 2270 2250 2230 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 2080 2065 2050 2040 2020 2005 2000 2055 2040 2025 2005 1990 197...

Page 394: ...280 2 250 2 220 2 190 6000 2 305 2 270 2 235 2 205 2 170 2 140 8000 2 260 2 225 2 190 2 155 2 120 2 085 6594 lbs 2991 kg SL 2 075 2 050 2 025 2 000 1 975 1 955 2000 2 045 2 015 1 990 1 965 1 935 1 910 4000 2 010 1 985 1 950 1 920 1 895 1 865 6000 1 975 1 940 1 910 1 880 1 850 1 820 8000 1 930 1 900 1 870 1 835 1 805 1 770 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1 800 1 775 1 755 1 730 1 710 1 685 2000 1 770 1 745 1 7...

Page 395: ... 11 8 2 8 4 6000 02 15 11 9 3 0 4 02 30 13 10 3 5 5 03 00 16 12 4 1 6 8000 03 00 15 12 3 9 6 03 30 18 14 4 6 7 04 00 21 16 5 5 8 10000 03 30 18 14 4 9 8 04 15 22 17 5 7 9 05 00 26 20 6 8 11 12000 04 15 22 17 5 8 9 05 15 26 20 6 8 11 06 00 30 24 8 0 13 14000 05 00 25 20 6 7 11 06 00 30 23 7 9 13 07 15 35 28 9 3 16 16000 05 45 29 23 7 6 13 07 00 34 27 9 0 15 08 15 40 32 10 6 18 18000 06 30 32 25 8 5...

Page 396: ...11 9 2 9 4 6000 02 15 12 9 3 1 5 02 30 14 11 3 6 5 03 00 16 13 4 3 6 8000 03 00 15 12 4 1 6 03 30 18 14 4 8 7 04 00 21 17 5 7 9 10000 03 45 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 18 5 9 10 05 15 27 21 7 0 11 12000 04 30 23 18 6 0 10 05 15 27 21 7 1 12 06 15 32 25 8 4 14 14000 05 15 26 21 6 9 12 06 15 31 24 8 2 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 16000 06 00 30 23 7 9 14 07 00 35 28 9 3 16 08 15 42 33 11 0 19 18000 06 45 33 26 8 ...

Page 397: ... 0 4 6 000 02 15 12 9 3 2 5 02 30 14 11 3 8 6 03 00 17 13 4 5 7 8 000 03 00 16 12 4 2 7 03 30 19 15 5 0 8 04 15 22 17 5 9 9 10 000 03 45 20 15 5 2 8 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 12 000 04 30 23 18 6 2 10 05 15 28 22 7 3 12 06 15 33 26 8 7 15 14 000 05 15 27 21 7 2 12 06 15 32 25 8 5 15 07 30 38 30 10 1 18 16 000 06 00 31 24 8 1 14 07 15 37 29 9 7 17 08 30 44 34 11 5 21 18 000 06 45 34 27 ...

Page 398: ...12 9 3 1 6 6000 02 30 13 10 3 5 7 03 00 15 12 4 0 8 03 30 18 14 4 7 10 8000 03 30 17 14 4 6 10 04 00 20 16 5 4 11 04 30 23 18 6 2 13 10000 04 15 22 17 5 7 12 05 00 25 20 6 7 15 05 45 29 23 7 7 17 12000 05 15 26 20 6 8 15 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 2 21 14000 06 00 30 24 7 9 18 07 00 35 27 9 3 22 08 15 41 32 10 8 25 16000 07 00 34 27 9 1 22 08 15 40 31 10 6 25 09 30 47 37 12 3 29 18000 08 00 ...

Page 399: ...2 10 3 3 7 6000 02 30 14 11 3 6 8 03 00 16 13 4 2 9 03 30 19 15 4 9 10 8000 03 30 18 14 4 8 10 04 00 21 17 5 6 12 04 45 25 19 6 5 14 10000 04 30 23 18 6 0 13 05 15 26 21 7 0 16 06 00 31 24 8 1 18 12000 05 15 27 21 7 2 16 06 15 32 25 8 4 19 07 15 37 29 9 7 22 14000 06 15 32 25 8 4 20 07 15 37 29 9 8 23 08 30 43 34 11 4 27 16000 07 15 36 28 9 5 23 08 30 42 33 11 2 27 10 00 49 39 13 0 32 18000 08 15 ...

Page 400: ...10 3 5 7 6000 02 45 14 11 3 8 8 03 00 17 13 4 5 9 03 30 20 15 5 2 11 8000 03 30 19 15 5 1 11 04 15 22 18 5 9 13 05 00 26 20 6 9 15 10000 04 30 24 19 6 3 14 05 15 28 22 7 4 17 06 15 33 26 8 6 19 12000 05 30 29 22 7 5 18 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 24 14000 06 30 33 26 8 8 21 07 30 39 31 10 3 25 09 00 46 36 12 0 29 16000 07 30 38 30 10 1 25 08 45 45 35 11 8 29 10 15 52 41 13 8 34 18000 08 30...

Page 401: ...0 4000 1585 1545 1525 1500 1480 1455 1435 6000 1555 1515 1490 1465 1440 1420 1395 8000 1520 1480 1455 1430 1400 1375 1345 Conditions Landing gear DN and flaps LDG IAS 95 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1350 1320 1295 1275 1255 1235 1215 2000 1325 1290 1265 1245 1225 1205 1180 4000 1295 12...

Page 402: ...0 4000 2265 2245 2230 2215 2200 2180 2165 6000 2250 2225 2210 2190 2175 2155 2135 8000 2235 2205 2185 2165 2145 2130 2110 Conditions Landing gear UP and flaps TO IAS 115 KIAS Airplane weight Pressure altitude feet Rate of climb ft min ISA 35 C ISA 20 C ISA 10 C ISA ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C 7394 lbs 3354 kg SL 1985 1965 1955 1940 1930 1915 1900 2000 1970 1950 1940 1925 1910 1890 1875 4000 1955 19...

Page 403: ...g Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 11 1 5 11 Cruise performance Maximum cruise 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 1 Cruise performance Maximum cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 404: ...230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 215 303 25000 54 100 241 189 63 7 ...

Page 405: ...229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 214 309 213 307 25000 44 100 243 191 64 3 ...

Page 406: ...228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 213 311 212 309 25000 39 100 244 192 64 6 ...

Page 407: ... 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 212 313 211 311 25000 34 100 246 193 64 9...

Page 408: ...3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 212 315 210 313 25000 29 100 247 194 65 2...

Page 409: ... 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318 211 317 209 315 25000 24 100 248 195 65 ...

Page 410: ...7 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 258 203 68 3 213 311 212 309 211 308 22000 8 100 256 201 67 6 212 314 211 313 210 311 23000 10 100 254 200 67 1 211 318 210 317 209 315 24000 12 98 246 193 65 0 208 319 206 317 205 314 25000 14 95 238 187 62 8 ...

Page 411: ...ating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 11 9 Normal cruise Recommended 7100 lbs 6300 lbs Figure 5 11 9 Cruise performance Recommended cruise PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 412: ...8 73 3 230 262 230 261 229 260 15000 34 100 265 208 70 1 226 276 225 275 224 275 18000 40 100 256 201 67 7 223 285 222 285 221 284 20000 44 100 251 197 66 2 221 292 220 291 219 290 21000 46 100 248 195 65 6 220 295 219 294 218 293 22000 48 100 246 193 65 0 219 299 218 298 217 296 23000 50 100 244 192 64 5 218 302 217 301 216 300 24000 52 100 243 190 64 1 217 306 216 304 215 303 25000 54 100 241 18...

Page 413: ...0 74 2 229 265 228 265 228 264 15000 24 100 268 210 70 8 224 280 223 279 222 278 18000 30 100 259 203 68 4 221 289 220 288 219 287 20000 34 100 253 199 66 9 219 296 218 295 217 294 21000 36 100 251 197 66 2 218 299 217 298 216 297 22000 38 100 249 195 65 7 217 303 216 302 215 300 23000 40 100 247 194 65 1 216 306 215 305 214 304 24000 42 100 245 192 64 7 215 310 214 309 213 307 25000 44 100 243 19...

Page 414: ...21 74 5 228 267 227 266 227 265 15000 19 100 269 211 71 2 223 282 222 281 222 280 18000 25 100 260 204 68 7 220 291 219 290 218 289 20000 29 100 254 200 67 2 218 298 217 297 216 296 21000 31 100 252 198 66 5 217 301 216 300 215 299 22000 33 100 250 196 66 0 216 305 215 304 214 302 23000 35 100 248 195 65 5 215 308 214 307 213 306 24000 37 100 246 193 65 0 214 312 213 311 212 309 25000 39 100 244 1...

Page 415: ...223 74 9 227 268 227 268 226 267 15000 14 100 271 213 71 5 222 283 222 283 221 282 18000 20 100 261 205 69 0 219 293 219 292 218 291 20000 24 100 256 201 67 6 217 300 216 299 215 297 21000 26 100 253 199 66 9 216 303 215 302 214 301 22000 28 100 251 197 66 3 215 307 214 306 213 304 23000 30 100 249 195 65 8 214 310 213 309 212 308 24000 32 100 247 194 65 3 213 314 212 313 211 311 25000 34 100 246 ...

Page 416: ... 224 75 3 226 270 226 269 225 269 15000 9 100 272 214 72 0 221 285 221 284 220 283 18000 15 100 263 206 69 4 218 295 218 294 217 293 20000 19 100 257 202 67 9 216 302 216 301 215 299 21000 21 100 254 200 67 2 215 305 215 304 213 303 22000 23 100 252 198 66 6 214 309 214 308 212 306 23000 25 100 250 196 66 1 213 312 213 311 211 309 24000 27 100 248 195 65 7 212 316 212 315 210 313 25000 29 100 247 ...

Page 417: ...7 225 75 7 226 272 225 271 224 270 15000 4 100 274 215 72 3 221 287 220 286 219 285 18000 10 100 264 207 69 7 218 297 217 296 216 294 20000 14 100 258 203 68 3 216 303 215 302 214 301 21000 16 100 256 201 67 6 215 307 214 306 213 304 22000 18 100 254 199 67 0 214 311 213 309 211 308 23000 20 100 252 197 66 5 212 314 212 313 210 311 24000 22 100 250 196 66 0 212 318 211 317 209 315 25000 24 99 244 ...

Page 418: ...0 290 227 76 5 224 275 224 274 223 273 15000 6 100 276 217 73 0 219 290 218 289 217 288 18000 0 100 266 209 70 4 216 300 215 299 214 298 20000 4 100 261 205 69 0 214 307 213 306 212 304 21000 6 100 256 201 67 6 212 309 211 308 210 306 22000 8 97 248 195 65 6 209 310 208 309 206 307 23000 10 95 241 189 63 7 206 311 205 309 203 307 24000 12 92 234 184 61 8 203 311 201 310 200 307 25000 14 89 226 178...

Page 419: ...148 22 147 12 145 2 143 37 4 37 9 38 4 38 7 38 9 111 196 113 199 114 202 115 203 116 204 20000 39 44 150 34 148 24 147 14 146 4 144 37 0 37 3 37 9 38 4 38 7 110 201 111 202 112 205 114 208 115 209 21000 39 46 148 36 147 26 146 16 145 6 144 36 0 36 6 37 1 37 6 38 2 107 201 109 204 110 207 112 210 113 213 22000 39 48 147 38 146 28 145 18 143 8 142 35 3 35 8 36 4 36 6 37 2 105 203 106 206 108 209 109...

Page 420: ...50 36 148 26 146 16 145 34 6 35 1 35 4 35 6 36 2 103 223 104 226 105 228 106 230 108 233 27 000 45 57 152 47 151 37 150 27 148 17 147 34 6 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 5 103 228 104 232 106 235 107 237 108 241 28 000 46 59 153 49 152 39 151 29 149 19 147 34 5 35 1 35 7 36 0 36 3 103 233 104 237 106 241 107 243 108 245 29 000 46 61 153 51 151 41 150 31 148 21 146 34 3 34 6 35 2 35 5 35 7 102 237 103 240 104 2...

Page 421: ...54 22 152 12 151 2 150 40 0 40 3 40 7 41 3 41 9 119 205 120 207 121 209 123 211 124 214 20 000 43 44 154 34 153 24 151 14 150 4 149 38 9 39 5 39 9 40 5 41 1 116 206 117 209 118 211 120 214 122 216 21 000 44 46 153 36 152 26 151 16 150 6 149 38 2 38 7 39 4 39 9 40 6 113 208 115 211 117 214 119 217 121 220 22 000 44 48 152 38 151 28 150 18 149 8 148 37 4 38 0 38 6 39 2 39 8 111 210 113 213 115 216 1...

Page 422: ...50 36 148 26 147 16 146 35 9 36 2 36 6 37 2 37 8 107 224 108 226 109 228 111 232 112 235 27 000 47 57 154 47 152 37 150 27 148 17 147 36 2 36 5 36 9 37 2 37 8 107 231 108 233 109 235 111 237 112 241 28 000 49 59 156 49 154 39 152 29 151 19 149 36 5 36 8 37 2 37 8 38 2 108 238 109 240 111 243 112 246 113 248 29 000 49 61 155 51 153 41 151 31 149 21 147 36 1 36 4 36 8 37 1 37 4 107 240 108 243 109 2...

Page 423: ...59 22 158 12 157 2 156 42 0 42 6 43 3 44 0 44 6 125 210 127 213 129 217 131 219 133 222 20 000 49 44 160 34 159 24 157 14 156 4 155 41 4 42 1 42 5 43 2 43 9 123 214 125 217 126 219 128 222 130 225 21 000 49 46 158 36 157 26 156 16 155 6 154 40 4 41 1 41 8 42 4 43 1 120 214 122 218 124 221 126 224 128 227 22 000 49 48 157 38 156 28 155 18 153 8 152 39 8 40 4 41 0 41 4 42 1 118 217 120 220 122 223 1...

Page 424: ...51 36 150 26 149 16 148 37 4 37 9 38 5 39 2 39 8 111 226 113 228 114 231 117 235 118 238 27 000 52 57 155 47 153 37 151 27 149 17 148 37 7 38 1 38 5 39 0 39 6 112 232 113 235 114 237 116 239 118 242 28 000 53 59 157 49 154 39 152 29 150 19 149 38 1 38 2 38 7 39 1 39 8 113 239 114 240 115 243 116 245 118 248 29 000 53 61 156 51 154 41 152 31 150 21 148 37 7 38 1 38 6 39 0 39 5 112 242 113 244 115 2...

Page 425: ...29 23 7 8 48 24000 16 00 55 43 14 5 73 12 00 37 29 9 8 55 09 35 28 22 7 3 44 22000 14 40 51 40 13 4 66 11 00 34 27 9 1 50 08 50 26 20 6 8 40 20000 13 20 47 37 12 3 59 10 00 32 25 8 4 44 08 00 24 19 6 3 35 18000 12 00 42 33 11 1 53 09 00 29 23 7 6 39 07 10 22 17 5 8 31 16000 10 40 38 30 10 0 46 08 00 26 20 6 8 34 06 25 20 15 5 2 27 14000 09 20 33 26 8 8 40 07 00 23 18 6 1 30 05 35 18 14 4 6 24 1200...

Page 426: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 12 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 427: ...ng holding time Weight 5500 lbs 2495 kg Weight 6300 lbs 2858 kg 10 min 30 min 10 min 30 min l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG l kg USG SL 30 23 7 8 89 70 23 5 30 24 8 0 91 71 24 1 5000 26 21 6 9 79 62 20 8 27 21 7 1 81 64 21 4 10000 24 18 6 2 71 55 18 7 24 19 6 5 73 58 19 4 15000 22 17 5 8 66 51 17 3 23 18 6 0 69 54 18 1 20000 20 16 5 3 60 47 15 9 21 17 5 6 63 50 16 7 Figure 5 13 1 Holding time PIM DO NO...

Page 428: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 5 Performance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 5 13 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 429: ...ry and level runway In table headings GR Ground roll in ft D50 Landing distance clear to 50 ft in ft Corrections In case of wind apply the following corrections Reduce total distances by 10 every 10 kts of headwind Increase total distances by 30 every 10 kts of tail wind Other runway surfaces Landing distances given in the tables are for landing on hard dry and level runway Other runway surfaces r...

Page 430: ...000 1805 2395 1940 2560 2035 2660 2135 2790 6000 1940 2560 2100 2725 2200 2855 2300 2955 8000 2100 2725 2265 2920 2360 3020 2495 3180 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1905 2530 2000 2625 2070 2690 2135 2790 2000 2070 2690 2135 2790 2230 2890 2300 2955 4000 2230 2890 2330 2985 2430 3085 2495 3185 6000 2395 3050 2530 3215 2625 3315 2690 3380 8000...

Page 431: ...000 1180 2100 1280 2230 1345 2330 1410 2395 6000 1280 2230 1380 2360 1445 2460 1510 2525 8000 1380 2360 1475 2490 1540 2590 1610 2690 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1280 2200 1310 2300 1380 2360 1445 2430 2000 1345 2330 1410 2430 1475 2495 1540 2560 4000 1445 2460 1510 2560 1575 2655 1640 2755 6000 1575 2645 1640 2720 1705 2820 1770 2920 8000...

Page 432: ...00 1000 2100 1080 2230 1150 2330 1200 2395 6000 1080 2230 1180 2360 1230 2460 1280 2525 8000 1180 2360 1245 2490 1310 2590 1360 2690 Pressure altitude ft ISA 10 C ISA 20 C ISA 30 C ISA 37 C GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 GR D50 0 1080 2200 1115 2300 1180 2360 1230 2430 2000 1150 2330 1200 2430 1245 2495 1310 2560 4000 1230 2460 1280 2560 1345 2655 1395 2755 6000 1345 2645 1395 2720 1445 2820 1510 2920 8000 ...

Page 433: ...nd balance 6 4 1 General 6 4 1 Utilization of weight and balance graph 6 4 1 Airplane loading form m kg 6 4 4 Example of airplane weight and balance report 6 4 8 Weight and balance form and diagram m kg 6 4 10 Weight and balance form and diagram in lbs 6 4 14 Weight and balance samples m kg 6 4 19 Weight and balance samples in lbs 6 4 23 Determining empty airplane characteristics 6 4 26 6 5 List o...

Page 434: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 0 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 435: ...ne is properly loaded and the weight and balance limits are adhered to This airplane allows multiple cabin seat configurations between 2 seats and 6 seats as required by the operator refer to chapter 7 3 A list of equipment available for this airplane is referenced at the end of this POH refer to chapter 6 5 The list of specific optional equipment installed on your airplane as delivered from the f...

Page 436: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 437: ...lane weighing procedures Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to use NOTE Weighing carried out at the factory takes into account all equipment installed on the airplane The list of this equipment and the total weight is noted in the individual inspection record PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 438: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 439: ...ting the cabin from the baggage compartment is attached to frame C14 With other allowed seat accommodations There are two loading areas onein place of the 2removedrear seats with maximum loadingcapacity of 176 lbs 80 kg one in the baggage compartment behind the rear seats area with maximum loading capacity of 220 lbs 100 kg Two types of baggage securing nets can be used the small cargo net is atta...

Page 440: ...th green self adhesive labels affixed to the inside of the rail A placard indicates loading limits for each securing net Evenly distribute the load within the cargo zone and ensure that overall weight is centered When using the large net distribute the weight in each zone delineated by the step in the floor according to the zone limits PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 441: ...gulations concerning transport of dangerous product and any other applicable regulation Baggage compartments loading must be done in accordance with the weight and balance limits of the airplane refer to section 2 for limitations Generally if rear seats are not used or are removed first load AFT compartment then if required FWD compartment If rear seats are used first load FWD compartment then if ...

Page 442: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 3 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 443: ... limits are adhered to The procedure requires the following data related to the basic characteristics of the empty airplane to be obtained from the last airplane weight and balance report the empty weight expressed in kg or lbs the moment expressed in m kg or in lbs the CG expressed in MAC If the airplane empty weight has varied since last weight and balance report for example due to installation ...

Page 444: ...en formulas 6 Record the loaded fuel 6a and compute associated moment 6b 7 Compute ramp weight 7a and moment 7b as sum of zero fuel weight 3a loaded fuel 6a and moments 3b 6b 8 Check value 7a to be below maximum ramp weight 9 Compute ramp weight arm 9 and CG MAC 9c using given formulas 10 Record the expected taxi fuel negative value 10a and compute associated moment 10b 11 Compute takeoff weight 1...

Page 445: ... and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 4 3 19 Check that all points are within the weight and balance limits and check that they are vertically aligned 20 Record these data on your navigation log PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 446: ... 50 kg 2a 3 250 2b Front seats kg 2a 4 534 2b Inter seats 17 5 kg per seat removed 2a 5 710 2b Pax 2a 2b Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 2a 6 785 2b Pax 2a 2b Cargo 80 kg 2a 2b Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a 7 695 2b Zero fuel weight 2736 kg 3a 5 3b 5c Fuel kg 6a 4 820 6b Ramp weight 3370 kg 7a 9 7b 9c Taxi fuel kg 10a 4 820 10b Takeoff weight 3354 kg 11a 13 11b 13c Trip fuel kg 14a 4 820 14b Landing...

Page 447: ...15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 5 Up to S N 1159 Item Weight kg Empty weight 1a Baggage FWD 50 kg 2a Front seats 2a Inter seats 17 5 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Cargo 80 kg 2a Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 448: ... 534 2b Inter seats 15 kg per seat removed 2a 5 710 2b Pax 2a 2b Rear bench net 20 5 kg per seat removed 2a 6 785 2b Pax 2a 2b Cargo 80 kg 2a 2b Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a 7 695 2b Zero fuel weight 2736 kg 3a 5 3b 5c Fuel kg 6a 4 820 6b Ramp weight 3370 kg 7a 9 7b 9c Taxi fuel kg 10a 4 820 10b Takeoff weight 3354 kg 11a 13 11b 13c Trip fuel kg 14a 4 820 14b Landing weight 3186 kg 15a 17 17 17c Seats we...

Page 449: ... From S N 1160 Item Weight kg Empty weight 1a Baggage FWD 50 kg 2a Front seats 2a Inter seats 15 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Rear bench net 20 5 kg per seat removed 2a Pax 2a Cargo 80 kg 2a Baggage AFT 100 kg 2a Seats weights do not include seat heating system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 450: ...uary 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 8 Example of airplane weight and balance report NOTE Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH Figure 6 4 1 Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane characteristics in kg and m PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 451: ... balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 9 NOTE Airplane original report shall be kept with airplane POH Figure 6 4 2 Example of weight and balance report and basic airplane characteristics in lb and in PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 452: ...em Weight kg Arm m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front seats kg 4 534 Inter seats 17 5kgper seat removed 5 710 Pax Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 6 785 Pax Cargo 80 kg Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero fuel weight 2736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp weight 3370 kg Taxi fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff weight 3354 kg Trip fuel kg 4 820 Landing weight 3186 kg PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OP...

Page 453: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 11 Figure 6 4 3 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 454: ...ight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front seats kg 4 534 Inter seats 15 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Rear bench net 20 5kgper seat removed 6 785 Pax Cargo 80 kg Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero fuel weight 2736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp weight 3370 kg Taxi fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff weight 3354 kg Trip fuel kg 4 820 Landing weight 3186 kg Seats weights do not include seat heating system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 455: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 13 Figure 6 4 4 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 456: ...lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front seats lbs 178 5 Inter seats 38 6 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Rear bench net 52 9 lbs per seat removed 267 1 Pax Cargo 176 lbs Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero fuel weight 6032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp weight 7430 lbs Taxi fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff weight 7394 lbs Trip fuel lbs 189 8 Landing weight 7024 lbs PIM DO NOT USE...

Page 457: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 15 Figure 6 4 5 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 458: ...bs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front seats lbs 178 5 Inter seats 33 1 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Rear bench net 45 2 lbs per seat removed 267 1 Pax Cargo 176 lbs Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero fuel weight 6032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp weight 7430 lbs Taxi fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff weight 7394 lbs Trip fuel lbs 189 8 Landing weight 7024 lbs Seats weights do not include seat heating system PIM DO NOT ...

Page 459: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 17 Figure 6 4 6 Weight and balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 460: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 18 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 461: ...for calculation concerning your airplane refer to the diagram corresponding to its validity Fig 6 4 5 1 Airplane basic characteristics W Empty weight Moment Balance arm CG MAC 2 126 kg 10 073 m kg 4 738 m 22 9 2 Foreseen loading 1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 2 Rear passengers AFT Cargo in baggage compartment Fuel 200 kg 160 kg 50 kg 820 kg 3 Foreseen fuel Taxi fuel Trip fuel 16 kg 600 kg PIM DO NO...

Page 462: ...s kg 200 4 534 907 Inter seats 17 5kgper seat removed 0 5 710 0 Pax 0 0 Rear bench net 24 kg per seat removed 0 6 785 0 Pax 160 1 086 Cargo 80 kg 0 0 Baggage AFT 100 kg 50 7 695 385 Zero fuel weight 2736 kg 2 536 4 910 12 451 34 3 Fuel kg 820 4 820 3 952 Ramp weight 3370 kg 3 356 4 888 16 403 32 8 Taxi fuel kg 16 4 820 77 Takeoff weight 3354 kg 3 340 4 888 16 326 32 8 Trip fuel kg 600 4 820 2 892 ...

Page 463: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 21 Figure 6 4 7 Loading sample in kg and m PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 464: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 22 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 465: ... to the diagram corresponding to its validity Fig 6 4 6 1 Airplane basic characteristics W Empty weight Moment Balance arm CG MAC 4 638 lbs 864 173 in lbs 186 3 in 22 6 2 Foreseen loading FWD compartment 1 Pilot and 1 front passenger 1 Intermediate passenger 2 Rear seats removed Rear cargo AFT Cargo in baggage compartment Fuel 0 lbs 400 lbs 220 lbs 92 4 lbs 176 lbs 220 lbs 1 850 lbs 3 Foreseen fue...

Page 466: ...eat removed 0 224 8 0 Pax 220 49 456 Rear bench net 46 2 lbs per seat removed 92 4 267 1 24 680 Pax 0 0 Cargo 176 lbs 176 47 010 Baggage AFT 220 lbs 220 303 0 66 660 Zero fuel weight 6032 lbs 5 562 193 1 1 074 019 33 9 Fuel lbs 1 850 189 8 351 130 Ramp weight 7430 lbs 7 412 192 3 1 425 149 32 6 Taxi fuel lbs 36 189 8 6 833 Takeoff weight 7394 lbs 7 376 192 3 1 418 316 32 6 Trip fuel lbs 1 400 189 ...

Page 467: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 25 Figure 6 4 8 Loading samples in lbs and in PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 468: ... except those listed in this Chapter Use the chart below to compute new empty weight and corresponding balance if necessary Date Equipment or modification description Weight modification Basic empty weight Weight lb Arm in Moment lb in 1000 Weight W Arm do Moment According to delivery Figure 6 4 9 Sample weight and balance record CG m a c do 172 93 59 45 100 Use the above formula to express arm do...

Page 469: ...3 250 S Control lock device 0 90 0 41 133 86 3 400 25 Equipment and furnishings partial S 0503 25A Upholstery Version 2016 of which 2 73 1 24 228 30 5 799 Carpets for 6 place configuration 26 68 12 100 Carpets for 4 place configuration 20 59 9 340 A 0503 25A Generation 2008 cabinets L H low storage 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 R H low storage 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 L H low high storage 17 20 7 800 203...

Page 470: ...69 L H low storage 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 R H low storage 9 48 4 300 203 74 5 175 L H low high storage 17 20 7 800 203 74 5 175 R H low high storage 17 20 7 800 203 74 5 175 L H low top pilot case support 9 70 4 400 203 74 5 175 R H low top pilot case support 9 70 4 400 203 74 5 175 Leather seats S L H intermediate seat back to or in flight direction Up to S N 1159 38 58 17 50 224 80 5 710 S 0553...

Page 471: ...5 45 224 80 5 710 Double chair L H Seat Up to 1159 52 91 24 00 278 19 7 066 S 0553 25A L H seat From S N 1160 to S N 1214 45 20 20 50 278 62 7 077 S 0588 25 L H seat with seats heaters system From S N 1215 46 25 20 98 278 62 7 077 R H Seat Up to 1159 52 91 24 00 278 19 7 066 0553 25A R H seat From S N 1160 to S N 1214 45 20 20 50 278 62 7 077 S 0588 25 R H seat with seats heaters system From S N 1...

Page 472: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 6 4 30 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 473: ... 5 List of equipment The list of equipment is available in manufacturer Report reference NAV No 34 90 RJ App 6 located at the end of this POH A separate list of equipment of items installed at the factory in your specific airplane is provided in your airplane file PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 474: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 6 Weight and balance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 6 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 475: ...trument panel 7 3 1 Doors windows and emergency exit 7 3 20 Seats belts and harnesses 7 3 28 Baggage compartments 7 3 34 Use of cargo nets 7 3 37 7 4 Flight controls 7 4 1 Roll 7 4 1 Roll trim 7 4 1 Elevator 7 4 6 Pitch trim 7 4 6 Rudder 7 4 11 Rudder trim 7 4 11 7 5 Landing gear 7 5 1 Hydraulic pressure 7 5 1 Landing gear lever 7 5 1 Landing gear position indicator 7 5 2 Safety 7 5 4 Ground maneu...

Page 476: ...ectric boost pump AUX BP 7 7 5 Main mechanical boost pump 7 7 8 Engine fuel system 7 7 8 Fuel gaging installation 7 7 8 Fuel system monitoring 7 7 8 Fuel system draining and clogging indicator 7 7 9 7 8 Electrical system 7 8 1 Starter generator 7 8 1 Stand by generator 7 8 2 Battery 7 8 2 Ground power receptacle 7 8 2 Distribution 7 8 3 Emergency use 7 8 4 Indicating 7 8 15 Protection safety 7 8 1...

Page 477: ...tion equipment 7 13 1 Wing and empennage deicing 7 13 1 Propeller deicing 7 13 2 Windshield deicing 7 13 2 Heating of pitots and stall warning sensor PITOT L HTR and PITOT R STALL HTR 7 13 3 Turbine air inlet protection 7 13 3 7 14 Miscellaneous equipment 7 14 1 Stall warning system 7 14 1 Static dischargers 7 14 2 Cabin fire extinguisher 7 14 2 Autopilot 7 14 2 GPS 7 14 2 Weather radar GWX 70 7 1...

Page 478: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 0 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 479: ...is optional and may not be installed in the airplane Complete description and operation of the GARMIN integrated flight deck are detailed in the GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide References to this guide areoften made all along this section to get more details about some systems Details of other optional systems and equipment are presented in section 9 Supplements of the POH PIM DO NOT U...

Page 480: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 481: ...is equipped with a retractable tricycle landing gear The pressurized cabin is equipped on the left side of fuselage with a one piece access door and folding stairs comprising a hand rail allowing pilot and passengers boarding The occupants have access to cockpit and to rear seats through a central aisle An optional pilot door located forward of the cabin on the left side allows access to the cockp...

Page 482: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 2 Figure 7 2 1 Cabin arrangement 6 seat accommodation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 483: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 3 Figure 7 2 1A Cabin arrangement 4 seat accommodation with large securing net PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 484: ...lot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 4 Figure 7 2 1B Cabin arrangement 4 seat accommodation with small securing net PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 485: ...ched on the trailing edge of left side aileron is electrically activated by a trim switch through an actuator Wing flaps see figure 7 2 2 The wing flaps are large span slotted flaps with a single rotation point They are activated by actuating rod controlled screw jacks linked to an electric motor located under the floor inside the fuselage A preselection control located on the right side of pedest...

Page 486: ... Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 6 Figure 7 2 2 1 2 Wing flaps 1 Geared motor 2 Internal actuator 3 Intermediate bearings 4 Wing flap 5 External actuator 6 Rods 7 Control selector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 487: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 7 Figure 7 2 2 2 2 Wing flaps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 488: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 2 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 489: ...er to the GARMIN Pilot s Guide for detailed description Apart from the GARMIN flight deck system equipment listed below complete the instrument panel Left area instrument panel includes see figure 7 3 3 on top MD302 MASTER CAUTION and MASTER WARNING on the left DISPLAY BACKUP push button A C CONTROL and SEATS HTRS MASTER Post MOD70 0588 25 panels at bottom deicing controls and indicators MICRO MAS...

Page 490: ...ght side of cockpit General alarms warning lights and CAS messages WARNING CAUTION and ADVISORY messages appear on the MFD CAS window to alert crew about monitored systems discrepancies As a message appears a chime is heard Refer to the GARMIN Pilot s Guide to know all possible CAS messages A MASTER WARNING red flashing indicator and a MASTER CAUTION amber indicator located on instrument panel see...

Page 491: ...ARMIN Pilot s Guide for description of the other aural warning alerts Cockpit overhead panel see figure 7 3 2 This panel includes following elements the loud speaker of GMA the TEST push button the emergency lighting rheostat It is attached to the cabin upper part between frames C6 and C7 The emergency lighting rheostat is electrically supplied by BATT BUS bar and protected by PANEL EMER circuit b...

Page 492: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 4 Figure 7 3 1 Instrument panel assembly Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 493: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 5 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 494: ...ng 4 Instrument panel emergency lighting switches rheostats 5 R H cockpit floodlight 6 ELT remote control switch 7 AP TRIMS switch 8 FUEL control panel see figure 7 7 3 9 ENGINE START switches see figure 7 6 4 10 ELECTRIC POWER switches see figure 7 8 5 11 INT LIGHTS internal lighting switches see figure 7 8 7 12 EXT LIGHTS external lighting switches see figure 7 8 6 13 L H cockpit floodlight 14 T...

Page 495: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 7 Figure 7 3 2 2 2 Upper panel and cockpit overhead panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 496: ...anel see figure 7 13 1 9 L H station rudder pedals adjusting handle 10 Left station reception micro jacks 11 Pitch Yaw trim setting management 12 Push To Talk button PTT 13 AP TRIM DISC push button 14 CWS 15 Paper clip 16 Chronometer management 17 Transponder Ident sequence 18 Stormscope clear 19 COM 2 Stand by active 20 Flight conditions and instruction placard 21 Adjustable air outlet 22 Circuit...

Page 497: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 9 Figure 7 3 3 2 2 Left instrument panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 498: ... 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 10 Figure 7 3 4 1 2 Central instrument panel 1 Stand by compass 2 BARO knobs 3 Registration 4 AFCS control unit 5 Touchscreen controllers 6 PRESSURIZATION panel see figure 7 9 1 7 MFD 8 Micro LDR 9 LVL push button PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 499: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 3 11 Figure 7 3 4 2 2 Central instrument panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 500: ...icro jacks 7 Hourmeter 8 R H station rudder pedals adjusting handle 9 Circuit breakers panel postlight 10 Cigar lighter and two USB servicing plugs 11 Cabin emergency air control EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob 12 Static source selector 13 COM 2 Stand by active 14 Stormscope clear 15 Transponder Ident sequence 16 Chronometer management 17 Paper clip 18 CWS 19 AP TRIM DISC push button 20 Push To Tal...

Page 501: ...ilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 13 Figure 7 3 5 2 2 Right instrument panel Typical arrangement Up to S N1159 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 502: ...ation reception micro jacks 7 R H station rudder pedals adjusting handle 8 Circuit breakers panel postlight 9 USB servicing plugs 10 Cabin emergency air control EMERGENCY RAM AIR control knob 11 Static source selector 12 COM 2 Stand by active 13 Stormscope clear 14 Transponder Ident sequence 15 Chronometer management 16 Paper clip 17 CWS 18 AP TRIM DISC push button 19 Push To Talk button PTT 20 Pi...

Page 503: ...ilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 15 Figure 7 3 5A 2 2 Right instrument panel Typical arrangement From S N 1160 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 504: ...edestal console 1 THROTTLE 2 FLAPS lever 3 THROTTLE friction adjustment 4 Manual FUEL TANK SELECTOR see figure 7 7 2 5 Roll trim tab control 6 MAN OVRD emergency fuel regulation lever 7 Pitch trim tab control 8 Lock for access door to landing gear emergency pump see figure 7 5 2 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 505: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 17 Figure 7 3 6 2 2 Pedestal console Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 506: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 18 Figure 7 3 7 Circuit breakers panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 507: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 19 Figure 7 3 8 General alarms warning lights PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 508: ...ection area is clear To retract stairs press on locking pin located on stairs front string board see detail 1 raise retractable handle see detail 2 and pull stairs inside cabin While stairs are retracted the hand rail folds up To close the door from inside the airplane press on knob inside cabin forward of the door The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a position near the complet...

Page 509: ... the door from outside the airplane press on knob on outside fuselage at the right side of the door The door driven by a geared motor tilts downwards up to a position near the complete closing Push the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock it by moving outside handle downwards then fold handle in its recess Check that all latch pins and hooks are correctly engaged with green marks visible In...

Page 510: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 22 Figure 7 3 9 Cabin access door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 511: ...AUTION Retract footstep before closing access door Fold and tilt footstep upwards To close the door from inside the airplane pull the door until it aligns with fuselage and lock it by moving inside handle downwards Check that each latch is correctly engaged in its recess with green marks visible DOOR lights on as long as cabin access door and pilot access door if installed are not correctly locked...

Page 512: ... It is maintained in the up position by a compensation rod Two interlocking type latches ensure itsclosing andit is equipped with a lock same key as for the accessdoor andthe pilotdoor ifinstalled When the door is closed latches are flush with the fuselage profile CARGO DOOR lights on as long as FWD compartment door is not locked Windows Windows do not open The windshield consists of two parts ele...

Page 513: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 25 Figure 7 3 9A Cockpit access door pilot door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 514: ...les one inside and the other outside each located on the upper frame When the airplane is parked the closing system may be locked by a safety pin provided with a flag marker The handle is then inoperable WARNING Taxiing and flying with thief proof safety pin installed is forbidden To open the emergency exit pull one of the two handles and tilt the emergency exit from top to bottom towards inside o...

Page 515: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 27 Figure 7 3 10 Emergency exit PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 516: ...em consists of One heating element in the cushion and one heating element in the backrest of each seat The SEATS HTRS MASTER switch located on the instrument panel HI OFF LOW three position switch located on each cockpit and cabin seat The seat heaters control box and relays located under the floor panel Each seat is equipped with a power supply wire with a connector A clip attaches the connector ...

Page 517: ...ription Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 29 Figure 7 3 11 Heated seat 1 SEATS HTRS MASTER switch 2 Backrest surface heating 3 Seat surface heating 4 HI OFF LOW three position switch 5 Tactile marks PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 518: ...ning the switch to the right In this position the seat heats at its maximum capacity LOW position is obtained by positioning the switch to the left In this position the seat heats less than HI position NOTE In HI position the heating sensation comes up after approximately 3 minutes To avoid overheating each seat is equipped with thermal sensors which remove power supply in case of overtemperature ...

Page 519: ...onsists of two individual seats installed back to the flight direction mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back angle is adjusted by pulling up side handle two rear seats arranged as a bench mounted on the same rails as the front seats The seat back rests tilt forward by pulling up the handle located forward on L H side of each seat which may tilt forwards by pulling up a rear ha...

Page 520: ...ibility of seat configuration Cargo zone ONLY zone B and zone C can be modified for seat configurations For the MID Seat zone B ONLY the Middle Seats can be installed in MID Seat Zone This zone accepts Fwd and Aft Facing Mid Seat when rear seats are installed The zone B accepts zero or 1 or 2 seats The zone B is not a luggage area For the REAR Seat zone C ONLY the Rear Seat can be installed in Rea...

Page 521: ... X X X C6 X X X C7 X X C8 X X C9 2 X X C10 1 X C11 X X X C12 2 X X C13 X X C14 X X C15 1 X C16 X X C17 X C18 X C19 2 X C20 1 Zone B Zone C 1 This configuration accepts small net or large net 2 With seats heaters system MOD70 0588 25 In this position the seats heaters system cannot be connected to the rear seat Each cross indicates that you have a seat at the correspondent location number PIM DO NO...

Page 522: ...h 6 seat accommodation There are two baggage compartments An AFT compartment located in the pressurized cabin between rearpassenger seats and rear pressure bulkhead A FWD compartment non pressurized located between firewall and fwd pressure bulkhead The AFT compartment is accessible through the cabin by tilting forward the L H rear seat and or L H or R H rear seat back rests Rings fitted with lash...

Page 523: ... law concerning transport of dangerous materials and any other applicable regulation With 4 seat accommodation Two cargo nets are available for the pilot to safely secure and transport baggage the small cargo net is attached through nine anchoring points on seat rails between frame C11 and frame C13bis see figure 7 2 1B the large cargo net is attached through seven anchoring points on seat rails b...

Page 524: ... is affixed on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment Maximum loads allowable in the baggage compartments depend on airplane equipment refer to section 6 Weight and balance WARNING Any parcel or baggage in cabin must be stowed by cargo net and straps It is the pilot s responsibility to check that all the parcels and baggage are properly secured In case of transport of dangerous ...

Page 525: ...ud on tensioning strap strap must mandatorily be discarded and replaced webbing frayed or cut on less than 30 of its surface reduce maximum load by 50 seam of vertical net tensioning straps damaged on less than 30 of its length reduce maximum load by 50 seam of tensioning straps attached on the rails damaged on less than 30 of its length reduce maximum load by 50 beyond 30 damage for above mention...

Page 526: ... 9 Front seat s back rest tilt control 10 Drawer for pilot s piddle pak if installed front side new bags rear side used bags 11 Intermediate seat s back rest tilt control 12 Rear bench seat s back rest tilt control 13 Rear bench L H seat tilt control 14 Rear bench seat s adjustment control handle Rear bench Figure 7 3 12 1 2 Seats NOTE To have access to the baggage compartment pull forwards the ba...

Page 527: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 39 Figure 7 3 12 2 2 Seats PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 528: ... Front passenger seat 2 L H pilot seat 3 R H intermediate passenger seat facing flight direction 4 L H intermediate passenger seat facing flight direction 5 Front seat s longitudinal shift control 6 Front seat s height control 7 Front seat s back rest tilt control 8 Intermediate seat s back rest tilt control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 529: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 41 Figure 7 3 12A 2 2 Seats PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 530: ...ot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 3 42 All Figure 7 3 13 Front and rear seat belts with movable straps and harnesses PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 531: ...n is deflected upwards and remains in wing profile when the aileron is deflected downwards Control wheel movement is transmitted through rods to fuselage roll lever located under the floor The movement is then transmitted through cables to the spoiler mechanism and from the spoiler mechanism to wing roll lever which activates the aileron through a rod A rudder roll combination spring type system i...

Page 532: ... Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 2 Figure 7 4 1 1 2 Roll 1 Pedestal assembly 2 Control wheels 3 Fuselage roll lever 4 Spoiler 5 Aileron 6 Aileron control in wing 7 Spoiler control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 533: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 3 Figure 7 4 1 2 2 Roll PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 534: ... Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 4 Figure 7 4 2 1 2 Lateral trim 1 Roll trim tab 2 Aileron 3 Adjustable rods 4 Actuator 5 Trim tab control wiring 6 Trim switch on pedestal console PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 535: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 5 Figure 7 4 2 2 2 Lateral trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 536: ... stick shaker and the stall warning A spring actuator creates a nose down artificial force which allows a better static stability Each control surface is provided with an automatic anti tab automaticity about 0 3 which is also used as trim tab Pitch trim see figure 7 4 4 The pitch trim is accomplished through the two anti tabs located on left and right elevators The trim tab can be controlled elec...

Page 537: ...ev 0 Page 7 4 7 Figure 7 4 3 1 2 Elevator 1 Control wheel assembly 2 Elevators 3 Lever assembly fuselage rear part 4 Elevator bellcrank 5 Rod with presseal connection 6 Lever assembly under floor 7 Pedestal assembly 8 Actuator 9 Stick shaker PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 538: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 8 Figure 7 4 3 2 2 Elevator PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 539: ...iption Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 9 Figure 7 4 4 1 2 Pitch trim 1 Cables 2 Pulleys 3 Pitch trim tabs 4 Actuating rods 5 Actuator 6 Pitch trim manual control wheel 7 Electric pitch trim control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 540: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 10 Figure 7 4 4 2 2 Pitch trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 541: ...nstrument panel and a locking device on the rudder pedals This balllocking device allows selecting six different positions When landing gear is down rudder pedals are linked to nose gear steering system Spring system of rudder roll combination induces aileron deflection at the time of pedal displacement and vice versa Rudder trim see figure 7 4 6 A trim tab hinged at two points located at rudder t...

Page 542: ... January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 12 Figure 7 4 5 1 2 Rudder 1 Roll rudder combination bellcrank installation 2 Rudder pedals assembly 3 Control cables 4 Pulleys 5 Rudder lever assembly 6 Rod 7 Rudder 8 Nose gear steering rod PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 543: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 13 Figure 7 4 5 2 2 Rudder PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 544: ... Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 14 Figure 7 4 6 1 2 Rudder trim 1 Trim switch on control wheel 2 Actuator 3 Rudder trim tab 4 Rods 5 Rudder trim control wiring PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 545: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 15 Figure 7 4 6 2 2 Rudder trim PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 546: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 4 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 547: ...osition nose wheel is automatically disconnected Actuating cylinders have a locking device integrated at both ends This device maintains landing gear in up or down position Landing gear doors two on the nose gear two on eachmain landinggear aredriven and kept in UP position by the landing gear itself All doors are mechanically kept in down position Hydraulic pressure Hydraulic pressure required fo...

Page 548: ...ication is when there are 3 green indicator lights ON the GEAR UNSAFE red warning light is OFF the GEAR UNSAFE is OFF and the amber caution light is OFF All other cases mean the gear is not down locked If there is a doubt about the landing gear in the down locked position an independent electrical circuit provides a countercheck capability of the indicator system Pressing the CHECK DOWN push butto...

Page 549: ...n 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 3 Figure 7 5 1 Control panel and landing gear indicating 1 Green indicator light 2 Red warning light 3 LANDING GEAR lever 4 CHECK DOWN push button 5 LIGHT TEST push button 6 Amber light PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 550: ...yond TO position Takeoff and landing gear is not down locked NOTE If one of above conditions exists and airplane is in stall configuration the Stall landing gear aural warning alert sounds and the control wheel vibrates Emergency landing gear extension control see figure 7 5 2 Emergency landing gear extension control consists of a hand pump and a by pass selector This control is accessible by remo...

Page 551: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 5 Figure 7 5 2 Emergency landing gear extension control PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 552: ...t 20 Steering may be increased up to 28 by applying differential braking to each side Airplane may be towed by attaching a steering or towing bar on nose gear refer to chapter 8 6 for operation In that case nose wheel steering angle is limited to 28 Minimum turn diameter Minimum turn diameter figure 7 5 4 is obtained by using nose gear steering and differential braking CAUTION Since tight turns le...

Page 553: ...rating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 7 Figure 7 5 3 Minimum turn diameter Full rudder pedals travel without using differential braking PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 554: ...perating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 8 Figure 7 5 4 Minimum turn diameter Full rudder pedals travel by using differential braking PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 555: ...brake control consists of a control knob located on pilot s side lower instrument panel and a valve which regulates brake pressure To apply the parking brake press on the rudder pedals toe brake and set the control knob to ON PARK BRAKE is ON when the control knob is set to ON NOTE Operating the parking brake knob without applying pressure on rudder pedals does not cause the wheels to be braked CA...

Page 556: ... 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 10 Figure 7 5 5 1 2 Brake system 1 Reservoir 2 Vent 3 R H station master cylinders 4 PARK BRAKE control knob 5 PARK BRAKE valve 6 Drain 7 Pilot s station master cylinders 8 L H brake assembly 9 R H brake assembly PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 557: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 5 11 Figure 7 5 5 2 2 Brake system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 558: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 5 12 Figure 7 5 6 Brake system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 559: ...rayed into combustion chamber by fuel nozzles The mixture is first ignited by two spark igniter plugs then combustion continues as a result of air fuel mixture flow Gases resulting from combustion expand through a series of turbines The first one gas generator turbine drives compressor assembly and accessories the two other ones power turbines independant from the first one drive propeller shaft t...

Page 560: ...ler governor 2 Exhaust stub 3 Axial compressors 4 Accessory gearbox 5 FCU Fuel Control Unit 6 Oil to fuel heater 7 Input coupling shaft 8 Air intake 9 Centrifugal impeller 10 Combustion chamber 11 Compressor turbine 12 Power turbine 1st stage 13 Power turbine 2nd stage 14 Power turbine shaft PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 561: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 6 3 Figure 7 6 1 2 2 Powerplant PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 562: ...see figure 7 6 2 Engine operation requires use of two levers located on pedestal console in cabin THROTTLE Item 1 and its detent for reverse Item 4 MAN OVRD control for emergency fuel regulation Item 3 NOTE Thumbwheel for lever friction Item 2 Figure 7 6 2 Engine control levers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 563: ...to maximum reverse the Beta valve to select the propeller pitch in reverse Return to idle position is accomplished by pushing the THROTTLE forward CAUTION Do not move the cockpit THROTTLE into the propeller reverse position or damage to the linkage will result Reverse may only be selected with engine running and propeller turning Moving the THROTTLE rearward past the idle stop may damage or break ...

Page 564: ...ng overridden the idle gate To override idle gate raise the THROTTLE and move it rearwards Figure 7 6 3 THROTTLE MAN OVRD control see figure 7 6 2 MAN OVRD control 3 is normally notched in fullbackward position In case of FCU or THROTTLE failure it allows setting engine power manually To quit full backward position notched move the MAN OVRD control forward overriding the indexation NOTE The power ...

Page 565: ...ide in engine compartment maintains oil temperature within limits Oil flow into the cooler is metered by a thermostatic valve Engine oil also supplies propeller governor and engine torquemeter A chip detection system enables the monitoring of engine oil system The system includes one chip detector installed on propeller reduction gear box anda secondchip detector installed on engine accessory gear...

Page 566: ...ting system consists of STARTER switch located on ENGINE START panel starter generator and ignition circuit Refer to paragraph Ignition function Starting procedure is semi automatic Setting STARTER switch to ON connects the starter generator which drives powerplant STARTER lights on indicating that the starter generator is operating Starter operation is stopped automatically by the electrical powe...

Page 567: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 6 9 Figure 7 6 4 Engine starting PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 568: ...ric actuator activates vanes INERT SEP ON lights on when vanes have reached their maximum deflection and remains visible as long as switch remains ON Full deflection takes about 40 seconds If the vanes do not reach the full deflection 50 seconds after activation or are not retracted 50 seconds after deactivation INERT SEP FAIL is displayed in CAS window Exhaust system Exhaust gases are evacuated t...

Page 569: ...smitter is attached on the torque limiter it measures torque produced by the power turbine by comparing oil pressures reduction gear and power turbine and converts pressure difference into a voltage This voltage is transmitted to theGARMIN system for display on the MFD under normal display conditions Propeller overspeed limiter Propeller overspeed limiter is installed on left side of the reduction...

Page 570: ...r blade pitch variation counterweights drive propeller blades toward high pitch low RPM whereas oil pressure delivered by governor drives back blades toward low pitch high RPM Propeller governor allows feathering either by voluntary pilot action via THROTTLE Condition mode or automatically in case of engine failure or shutdown Propeller reverse pitch allows reduced taxiing speed or landing roll Ch...

Page 571: ...surface a suction strainer and three level gages Fuel unit The fuel unit combines shut off valve tank selector and filter functions It is connected to the manual selector through a mechanical control The fuel filter is located in a bowl at the lower part of the unit It is fitted with a by pass valve a clogging indicator and a drain valve Tank manual selector see figure 7 7 2 The FUEL TANK SELECTOR...

Page 572: ...r 7 Low pressure switch 8 Fuel jet 9 Main mechanical boost pump 10 Electric boost pump 11 Fuel filter 12 Filter clogging by pass valve 13 Filter clogging indicator 14 Fuel unit 15 Filter drain 16 Fuel return pipe 17 Filling port 18 NACA scoop 19 Tank vent valve 20 Fuel level gages 21 Tank drain valve 22 Check valve 23 Low level detector 24 Suction strainer 25 Fuel amplifier 26 Sequencer PIM DO NOT...

Page 573: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 7 3 Figure 7 7 1 2 2 Fuel system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 574: ...e fuel unit selector on the selected tank The sequencer controls the time during which the selected tank will operate This time varies depending on airplane conditions Airplane on ground tank is changed every minute and 15 seconds Airplane in flight tank is changed every five minutes as long as FUEL LOW L or FUEL LOW R does not appear When the first low level lights on the sequencer immediately se...

Page 575: ...tting FUEL TANK SELECTOR to OFF position leads to system de activating and appearance of AUTO SEL AUTO SEL also lights on when order given by the sequencer has not been executed after 12 seconds Electric boost pump AUX BP Electric boost pump is an auxiliary pump located between fuel unit and main mechanical boost pump It is controlled through AUX BP switch located on FUEL panel This switch allows ...

Page 576: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 7 6 Figure 7 7 2 Manual selector of fuel tanks PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 577: ...s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 7 7 Figure 7 7 3 Fuel control panel 1 AUX BP switch 2 FUEL SEL switch 3 SHIFT push button PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 578: ... Three fuel level gauges are installed in each tank The wing root side fuel level gauge is equipped with a low level detector which leads to fuel low level CAS messages appearance when usable fuel quantity remaining in the concerned fuel tank is under about 9 USG 34 Litres Fuel system monitoring Fuel system monitoring is ensured by CAS messages FUEL OFF Fuel tank selector set to OFF FUEL PRESS Fue...

Page 579: ...ed prior to the first flight of the day and after each tank refueling using a sampler to pick off fuel at the two drain valves of each tank and at the filter vent valve A red filter bypass flag on the fuel unit and visible from outside when an inspection door located on L H side under front baggage compartment is open indicates filter clogging A push button adjacent to the inspection door controls...

Page 580: ...on 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 7 10 Figure 7 7 4 Fuel system draining points and clogging indicator 1 Lighting switch 2 Mirror door 3 Clogging indicator 4 Central access door 5 Filter drain 6 Tank drain 7 Drain bowl PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 581: ...lever is positioned in theUP position SOURCE selector in the OFF position the battery supplies the electrical power system through the BATT BUS A Power Up Built In Test P BIT of the EPS internal functions is performed to verify the operating status In case of failure detection a white message EPS SERVICE REQUIRED appears in the message window on the PFD Starter generator The starter generator is t...

Page 582: ... the power required for starting when no ground power unit is available and is a power supply source when engine driven generators are stopped The battery is always connected to BATT BUS bus bar except when crash lever is pulled down Battery connection to main bus bar is controlled through SOURCE selector set to BATT position BAT OFF lights on when battery is isolated from the main bus and when ma...

Page 583: ...locatedonR H sidepanel see figure 7 8 4 In caseof overloadof asystem the breaker triggers and switches the system off CAUTION If a breaker corresponding to a non essential system trips do not reset in flight If a breaker corresponding to an essential system trips allow it to cool for about three minutes then the breaker may be reengaged pressed down if the breaker trips again do not reset BUS 1 BU...

Page 584: ...h both generators de activated in flight it is still possible to use battery power to supply all airplane systems maintaining SOURCE selector on BATT position In order to save battery power it is possible to shed the charges which are not essential for flight safety for that set ESS BUS TIE switch to EMER position In this configuration only ESS BUS 1 ESS BUS 2 and BATT BUS bars are supplied NOTE S...

Page 585: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 8 5 Figure 7 8 1 Electrical diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 586: ... Battery UP BATT MAIN NORM Battery MAIN Battery MAIN Battery MAIN Battery MAIN UP BATT ST BY NORM Battery ST BY Battery ST BY Battery ST BY Battery ST BY UP OFF MAIN NORM MAIN MAIN MAIN MAIN UP OFF ST BY NORM ST BY ST BY ST BY ST BY UP BATT OFF EMER Battery Battery Battery None In that case power is done by MAIN or ST BY and battery is used as a floated battery Figure 7 8 2 Bus bars supply configu...

Page 587: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 8 7 Figure 7 8 3 1 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 588: ... s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 8 Figure 7 8 3 2 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars NOTE BREAKERS ON C13 BIS FRAME PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 589: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 8 9 Figure 7 8 3 3 3 Electrical distribution of bus bars PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 590: ... ENGINE Powerplant cont protection Ng flowmeter ITT AIRFRAME 2 FUEL GAGE 1 L H fuel gage protection FUEL GAGE 2 R H fuel gage protection ESS BUS 2 ESS BUS 2 Essential bus 2 circuit protection PASS MASKS Passengers oxygen masks protection STBY INSTR Standby Attitude Module MD302 protection AUDIO Audio control panel protection TOUCH CTRL 1 Touchscreen controller 1 protection AHRS 1 Attitude and Head...

Page 591: ...T Strobe lights protection SHAKER Stick shaker protection BUS 2 PROP DE ICE Propeller deicing protection ICE LIGHT L H wing leading edge lighting and lighting test protection FLAPS SIG Trim and flaps regulator protection CAB BLEED Cabin pressurization protection AIR COND Cabin ventilation and vapor cycle system protection CABIN DOORS Cabin doors opening protection NAV RECOG LIGHT Navigation and re...

Page 592: ...ection DME DME protection if installed FUEL SEL Tank selector timer protection AUX BP Electrical fuel pump protection ADF ADF protection if installed TAXI LIGHT Taxi light protection LH LDG LIGHT L H landing light protection RH LDG LIGHT R H landing light protection PULSE SYST Pulse lite system protection if installed BATT BUS EMER LIGHT Instrument panel emergency lighting protection GND CLR Groun...

Page 593: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 13 Up to S N 1159 Figure 7 8 4 4 5 Breaker panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 594: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 14 From S N 1160 Figure 7 8 4 5 5 Breaker panel Typical arrangement PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 595: ...ides systems protection in case of overvoltage short circuits In case of disconnection of starter generator or stand by generator following a failure MAIN or ST BY reset can be done by pressing corresponding GENERATOR RESET MAIN or ST BY push button A battery reset is done by setting the SOURCE selector to OFF and back to BATT In case of disconnection of ground power unit following a failure it is...

Page 596: ...k Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 16 Figure 7 8 5 Electrical control 1 MAIN reset knob 2 ST BY reset knob 3 Crash lever 4 SOURCE selector 5 GENERATOR selector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 597: ...he winglets leading edge These lights are controlled by setting a switch located on upper panel to TAXI Navigation lights and strobe lights Two strobe and navigation lights are installed in the winglets and one on the tail cone They are controlled by NAV and STROBE switches located on upper panel NOTE At night do not use anti collision lights in fog clouds or mist as reflection of the flashing lig...

Page 598: ...mination of the FWD compartment is controlled by the switch located in the upper section of the door frame Fuel unit compartment light The lighting of the fuel unit compartment allows improving the visibility of the clogging indicator by pressing the push button located besides the inspection door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 599: ...escription Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 19 Figure 7 8 6 External lighting controls 1 Taxi and landing light switch 2 Pulselite system switch 3 Navigation lights switch 4 Strobe lights switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 600: ...ger seats and the baggage compartment R H dome light Each floodlight is controlled by a push button located near The pilot can switch off the cabin floodlights and the baggage compartment dome light with the CABIN switch Instrument panel lighting Instrument panel lighting is controlled by the PANEL rheostat located on INT LIGHTS panel This lighting consists of backlighted panels and a led lighting...

Page 601: ...nternal lighting controls 1 Instrument panel lighting switch rheostat 2 DIMMER switch 3 Cabin lighting switch rear seats reading light 4 Access door baggage compartment and FWD dome light delayed breaker push button 5 Emergency lighting switch 6 Breaker panel lighting switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 602: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 7 8 22 Figure 7 8 7 2 2 Internal lighting controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 603: ...stem dual zone Environmental Control System which includes heating and cooling functions These sub systems are managed by a single digital controller the GASC which receives information from the sensors within the sub systems the human interfaces integrated in the airplane The GASC sends commands to the sub systems actuators and indication or warning elements GAS controls are located on the A C pa...

Page 604: ...he P2 5 port and sends this value to the GASC The GASC controls the Shut Off Valve SOV switching function depending on the value received The SOV switches from P2 5 to P3 and the BLEED HI message is then displayed A Non Return Valve NRV prevents P3 air from entering the P2 5 port when the P3 port is opened To ensure a controlled airflow in the cabin The bleed air flow is controlled by the Flow Con...

Page 605: ... control system In flight the GASC controls the modulation of the Outflow Valve OFV in order to reach the computed cabin altitude System operation See figure 7 9 3 The BLEED switch activates the pressurization system Either one of two pressurization modes can be selected AUTO or MAX DIFF When BLEED switch is set to AUTO the GASC controls the cabin altitude rate of change in order to optimize comfo...

Page 606: ...at the airplane lands with a cabin altitude equal to LFE minus 200 ft The pilot selects LFE on the touchscreen controller automatically by setting a destination airport in the flight plan manually by pressing MFD Home Aircraft Systems Landing Field Elev and then Manual System monitoring The pilot monitors the pressurization system through information displayed on the MFD landing field altitude in ...

Page 607: ...of pressurization or that the heating system is degraded GAS EVENT is displayed 45 seconds after landing if a fault on the Overheat Thermal Switch was detected by the GASC during flight MAX DIFF MODE indicates that the BLEED switch is set to MAX DIFF Protection Safety As soon as the airplane is on the ground the cabin is automatically depressurized though the activation of landing gear switches ai...

Page 608: ...uted in the cockpit cabin zones depending on the demand The air is distributed into the cockpit zone through ports located on pedestal sides ports under each seat or the demisting outlets into the cabin zone through ports located on the lower section of the left side and right side cabin upholstery Cooling circuit The VCCS is selected on only when the GASC receives a cooling command It is composed...

Page 609: ... by the GASC to 23 C After the GASC software update Post MOD70 0689 21 The system maintains the previously selected cabin air inlet temperature The pilot can manage this temperature by using the TEMP selector on A C panel All Cockpit cabin evaporator fans are OFF VCCS is inhibited If the A C switch is set to PILOT Controls located in the cabin zone are inhibited If the A C switch is set to PLT PAX...

Page 610: ...software update Post MOD70 0689 21 When the HOT AIR FLOW distributor is set in defog position fully turned to the left the bleed air system automatically switches from the P2 5 to the P3 bleed port to increase the temperature and flow rate of the incoming bleed air Except in the case of very cold environmental conditions this switching is inhibited below 25000 ft All Emergency air system An emerge...

Page 611: ...Four fans are supplied by BUS 4 bar and protected respectively by following breakers COND FAN CABIN FAN COCKPIT FAN and GND FAN The system includes an automatic load shedding feature which when MAIN GEN is ON turns off the Ground Fan GF turns off the Condenser Fan COND FAN opens compressor clutch during engine start turns off the Vapor Cycle Cooling System VCCS PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS...

Page 612: ...anagement select Air temperature expectations Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Hot Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warmair is distributedtoboththecockpitandcabin Morewarm air is directedto thecabin dueto the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit Not active as no TEMP selector is set in the blue arc FANS select 0 Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabi...

Page 613: ... as no TEMP selector is set in the blue arc FANS select 0 Selecting a FAN speed will reduce cabin air temperature Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Cool Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed to boththe cockpitand cabin More warmair is directed tothe cockpitdue to the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit The cabin TEMP selector is set in the blue arc resulting in the cabin air c...

Page 614: ... resulting in both the cockpit and cabin air conditioning systems supplying their respective areas Cockpit and cabin FANS Select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air Cockpit area Cool Cabin area Warm Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warmair is distributedtoboththecockpitandcabin Morewarm air is directedto thecabin dueto the greater temperature demand Cold Air Circuit The cockpit TEMP selector is s...

Page 615: ...sed by the GASC for air temperature management Air temperature expectations Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Warm Cabin area Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Warm air is distributed equally to both the cockpit and cabin The temperature is selected by the cockpit TEMP selector Cold Air Circuit Not active as the cockpit TEMP selector is set in the red zone and the cabin TEMP...

Page 616: ...c the Hot Air Distributor discharges the mixed bleed air below the floor towards the cold air circuit fans and evaporators to adjust the air to the desired temperature Cold Air Circuit The cockpit TEMP selector is set in the blue arc resulting in both the cockpit and cabin air conditioning systems supplying their respective areas Cockpit FAN select 1 or more to circulate the cooled air Cockpit FAN...

Page 617: ...Cockpit panel selection Cabin panel selection Cockpit area Cabin area Results Mixed Bleed Air Circuit Air is distributed to the windshields and cockpit side windows at a fixed temperature regardless of TEMP selector settings Cold Air Circuit Inhibited when DEFOG is selected FANS will continue to operate if selected to 1 or more for air circulation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 618: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 7 9 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 619: ...ports 6 Cabin control panel 7 Global air system controller GASC 8 Out flow valve OFV 9 Safety valve SFV 10 Condenser fan 11 Condenser 12 High pressure switch 13 Drier filter 14 Cabin fan 15 Cabin evaporator 16 Cabin blown temperature sensor CBBTS 17 Cabin thermostatic valve 18 Low pressure switch 19 A C and PRESSURIZATION panel 20 Cockpit thermostatic valve 21 Cockpit fan 22 Cockpit evaporator 23 ...

Page 620: ...eck valve 30 MFD unit 31 Ground safety microswitch 32 Differential pressure switch 33 By pass valve BPV 34 Cabin altitude alarm switch 35 Emergency air supply system EMERGENCY RAM AIR 36 Main heat exchanger MHX 37 Ground fan GF 38 Flow control shut off valve FCSOV 39 Bleed differential pressure sensor BDPS 40 Compressor 41 Shut off valve SOV 42 Overheat thermal switch OTSW 43 Non return valve NRV ...

Page 621: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 7 9 19 Figure 7 9 2 3 3 GAS PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 622: ...2018 Rev 3 Page 7 9 20 Figure 7 9 3 1 2 GAS controls 1 A C switch 2 FAN speed selector cockpit cabin 3 TEMP selector cockpit cabin 4 DUMP switch 5 HOT AIR FLOW distributor 6 BLEED switch 7 FAN speed selector cabin 8 TEMP selector cabin PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 623: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 7 9 21 Figure 7 9 3 2 2 GAS controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 624: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 7 9 22 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 625: ...ximum pressure for different outside temperatures is provided in section 8 figure 8 7 4 as well as on a placard on the inside of the cylinder service door minimum pressure 217 PSIG 15 bars CAUTION If the oxygen cylinder pressure falls below the minimum the cylinder must be purged before refilling Inform maintenance department The oxygen cylinder head is equipped with a hand controlled isolation va...

Page 626: ...th two pairs of smoke goggles These masks are installed in cups on the cabin walls aft of the front seats For the ease of donning and for ergonomic reasons the pilot s mask is located in the right side cup and the front passenger mask is located in the left side cup The masks are permanently connected to the oxygen system The smoke goggles are stowed in the cabinet drawer behind the right front se...

Page 627: ...ndicator blinker into the oxygen tubing signals the proper flow Depending on the specific airplane configuration refer to the mask manufacturer s documentation available on the MyTBM aero website for more information Four passenger constant flow type masks covering the nose and the mouth and permanently connected are installed in two containers on the cabin ceiling The opening of these containers ...

Page 628: ...ing Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 7 10 4 Figure 7 10 1 Emergency oxygen system 1 MICRO MASK switch 2 OXYGEN switch 3 PASSENGER OXYGEN switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 629: ...n 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 7 10 5 Figure 7 10 2 Crew oxygen masks Regulator controls 1 Harness inflation side vanes 2 N Normal 100 regulator control tab 3 EMERGENCY control knob 4 PRESS TO TEST function 5 Vent valve PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 630: ... Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 7 10 6 Airplane equipped with MC10 Smart Mike oxygen masks Figure 7 10 3 Crew oxygen masks Noise reduction switch PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 631: ...ockpit Cabin 110 F 43 C 90 F 32 C 70 F 21 C 50 F 10 C 30 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 631 614 597 580 563 546 529 1 1 759 736 713 691 668 646 623 1 2 885 856 828 799 771 743 715 1 3 1010 976 941 907 873 839 806 1 4 1137 1096 1056 1015 975 935 897 2 0 1037 1001 965 930 894 859 825 2 1 1164 1122 1080 1038 997 956 916 2 2 1289 1241 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004 2 3 1416 1361 1306 1252 1198 1145 1093 2 4 ...

Page 632: ... F 21 C 50 F 10 C 30 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520 1 1 842 816 789 763 736 710 685 1 2 1067 1029 992 955 918 882 846 1 3 1513 1240 1192 1144 1097 1050 1004 1 4 1513 1452 1392 1333 1275 1217 1161 2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793 2 1 1215 1170 1125 1081 1037 994 952 2 2 1439 1382 1326 1270 1215 1161 1108 2 3 1662 1593 1525 1457 1391 1326 1262 2 4 1888 1807 1725 1645 1567 1...

Page 633: ...0 F 21 C 50 F 10 C 30 F 1 C 10 F 12 C 10 F 23 C 1 0 618 602 585 569 552 536 520 1 1 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 2 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 3 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 1 4 961 929 896 864 833 801 770 2 0 992 958 925 891 858 825 793 2 1 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 2 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 3 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 2 4 1333 1282 1231 1181 1131 1083 1035 Figu...

Page 634: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 5 Page 7 10 10 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 635: ...nel under the right side control wheel Static system 2 supplies ADC 2 Each line has a drain plug located under the instrument panel on the right side Alternate static source The alternate static port located inside the rear fuselage supplies a line routed to the Normal Alternate static source switching valve If a false airspeed indication or primary static system failure is suspected the pilot can...

Page 636: ...supplies ADC 1 and the standby instrument The right probe supplies ADC 2 Each line has a drain plug located in the root of the wing Pitot heating Pitot heating is controlled by PITOT L HTR and PITOT R STALL HTR switches located on DE ICE SYSTEM panel Refer to chapter 7 13 for further details CAUTION On the ground do not turn on pitot heat for long periods to avoid probe overheating PIM DO NOT USE ...

Page 637: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 11 3 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 638: ...strument 4 ADC 1 5 ADC 2 6 Forward pressure bulkhead 7 Static system drain 8 Static system drain 9 Static system drain 10 Alternate static system drain 11 Static source switching valve Normal Alternate 12 Instrument panel 13 Dynamic system drain 14 Pitot R 15 Rear pressure bulkhead 16 Static port 17 Alternate static port 18 Static port PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 639: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 11 5 Figure 7 11 1 2 2 Air data system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 640: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 11 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 641: ...zation system In case of pressure drop a pressure switch installed in the system indicates the failure by causing VACUUM LOW to light on Standby attitude module MD302 The Mid Continent Instrument and Avionics MD302 Standby Attitude Module consists of two LCD screens The first screen displays the airplane attitude pitch and roll and the second screen displays the airplane altitude and airspeed The ...

Page 642: ... 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 12 2 Figure 7 12 1 1 2 Vacuum system 1 Pressure regulator 2 Ejector 3 Valve 4 Regulating and relief valve 5 Pressure switch 6 Failure CAS message PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 643: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 12 3 Figure 7 12 1 2 2 Vacuum system PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 644: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 12 4 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 645: ...strument panel Wing and empennage deicing A pneumatic deice system assures protection of wing leading edges horizontal stabilizer elevator horns and vertical stabilizer The system automatically cycles when AIRFRAME DE ICE switch is set to ON The 67 second cycle breaks down in two inflation cycles a first cycle induces inflation of leading edges deicer boots in wing central and outboard sections th...

Page 646: ... heating resistors The system includes a controller and two heat probes embedded in each windshield They are operated by the WINDSHIELD switch When the switch is positioned to ON the controller supplies the heating resistors the windshield temperature is monitored by probe 1 When the temperature reaches 45 C 113 F the controller cuts the electrical supply to the heating resistors and resumes suppl...

Page 647: ...e used even during flight into non icing conditions The system condition messages PITOT NO HT L or PITOT NO HT R PITOT HT ON L or PITOT HT ON R STALL HEAT ON or STALL NO HEAT are displayed on the MFD CAS window Refer to the GARMIN Pilot s Guide for further details NOTE Correct operation of the audible stall warning may be altered by severe or prolonged icing Turbine air inlet protection Operation ...

Page 648: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 13 4 Figure 7 13 1 Deicing control and check panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 649: ...er than 5 knots above the stall in all configurations Simultaneously the control wheel vibrates through the stick shaker The stall warning system should be checked during the preflight inspection by momentarily turning on the SOURCE selector and by manipulating the vane in the wing The stall warning system should also be checked during the preflight inspection by momentarily turning on the SOURCE ...

Page 650: ...c but it is possible to encounter severe precipitation static conditions which might cause the loss of radio signals even with static dischargers installed Whenever possible avoid known severe precipitation areas to prevent loss of dependable radio signals If avoidance is impractical minimize airspeed and anticipate temporary loss of radio signals while in these areas Cabin fire extinguisher The f...

Page 651: ...he weather information can be displayed on PFD1 PFD2 and MFD Refer to section 2 Limitations of this POH and to GARMIN Pilot s Guide for further details The controls for the weather radar are located on the touchscreen controllers The weather radar is protected by the WXR breaker PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 652: ...January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 14 4 Figure 7 14 1 1 2 GWX 70 Weather radar display and controls 1 MFD 2 Radar mode 3 Area of weather display 4 Antenna stabilization status 5 Touchscreen controllers 6 Scale for weather display PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 653: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 14 5 Figure 7 14 1 2 2 GWX 70 Weather radar display and controls PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 654: ... from the locator transmitter by setting its ARM OFF control switch to ON automatically in case of shock when remote control switch is set to ARM OFF and locator transmitter switch is set to ARM OFF A red indicator light located on ELT remote control switch in the cockpit indicates tothe pilot the emergency locator transmitter is transmitting A red indicator light located above locator transmitter...

Page 655: ...are intended to be used after an accident or an incident The lightweight data recorder system includes a cockpit microphone located on instrument panel between the standby instrument and the autopilot control panel The lightweight data recorder simultaneously records audio from the GMA audio control panel audio from the cockpit microphone data from the GASC and data from the GIA integrated avionic...

Page 656: ...a can be transmitted via transponder 1 or transponder 2 if installed If the transponder 1 2 detects any internal fault or failure with the ADS B OUT functionality the following CAS message XPDR1 ADS B FAIL XPDR2 ADS B FAIL will be displayed on the MFD CAS window After being informed of ADS B OUT failure either by the CAS message XPDR1 ADS B FAIL XPDR2 ADS B FAIL or by Air Traffic Control it is pos...

Page 657: ...cargo compartment and does not require a pilot input to operate The data collection and transmission system is powered from the BATT BUS and protected by the REC circuit breaker GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck GIFD approaches The purpose of this section is to provide an overview of the GIFD capabilities and operation related to GIFD Approaches Detailed descriptions as well as operating instructions ...

Page 658: ...ty as long as a system is configured to support barometric VNAV for approach If SBAS integrity is available it will be used to provide vertical guidance During execution of a GPS approach with LNAV VNAV service levels while the aircraft is between the FAF and MAP excessive deviation indicators appear as white vertical lines to indicate an area where the vertical deviation exceeds 75 feet If the gl...

Page 659: ...ted Baro VNAV systems Outside of this temperature range LNAV VNAV minimums shall not be used with uncompensated Baro VNAV systems The GARMIN Approach Baro VNAV system is automatically temperature compensated to produce a glide path position in space such that Baro VNAV approaches are always flown at the published glide path angle when the actual temperature deviates from the ISA model This produce...

Page 660: ...the published approach waypoint altitudes on the active flight plan page and the minimum altitude The minimum altitude selection type changes to BARO if it was previously set to TEMP COMP Temperature compensation of the minimum altitude is not dependent on use of barometric altitude for vertical guidance on the FAS and is therefore available for any type of approach in fact only the destination ai...

Page 661: ... will be shown in yellow but the CDI and VDI will continue to be shown At one minute to the FAF APR DWNGRADE will be generated The VDI will be flagged NO GP Depending on the available lines of minima for the approach the system will switch to either LNAV VNAV or LNAV service level Advisory visual approaches The GIFD will provide advisory visual approaches to many runways in the aviation database L...

Page 662: ...ht plan or copied to a stored flight plan in the course of saving the active or standby flight plan CDI and VDI indications are equivalent to those of other GPS based approaches e g LPV or L VNAV The GIFD annunciates VISUAL in the HSI to indicate a visual approach is active When conducting a visual approach it is the pilot s responsibility to ensure terrain and obstacle avoidance The visual approa...

Page 663: ...r optional equipment such as stormscope SVS or TAWS refer to section 9 Supplements Other optional equipment such as radio altimeter or chartview system or TAS are described in the GARMIN Pilot s Guide NOTE Refer to section 2 Limitations for chartview system operating limitations PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 664: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 7 Description Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 7 14 16 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 665: ... 5 1 8 6 Ground handling 8 6 1 Towing 8 6 1 Parking 8 6 1 Tie down 8 6 2 Jacking 8 6 4 Leveling 8 6 4 Flyable storage 8 6 4 Long term storage without flying 8 6 4 8 7 Servicing 8 7 1 Maintenance 8 7 1 Engine oil 8 7 1 Fuel 8 7 2 Landing gear 8 7 7 Oxygen 8 7 8 8 8 Airplane cleaning and care 8 8 1 Windshield and windows 8 8 1 Painted surfaces 8 8 1 Propeller care 8 8 2 Engine care 8 8 2 Interior ca...

Page 666: ...Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 0 2 8 10 Utilization by cold weather 0 C to 25 C or very cold weather 25 C to 40 C 8 10 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 667: ...ng of airplane Also included in this section arethe inspection and maintenance requirements which must befollowed if your airplane is to retain its performance and dependability It is recommendedthata planned scheduleof lubricationand preventivemaintenance be followed and that this schedule be tailored to the climatic or flying conditions to which the airplane is subjected For this see manufacture...

Page 668: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 1 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 669: ...plate Any correspondence regarding your airplane should include its serial number This number together with the model number type certificate number and production certificate number are stamped on the identification plate attached to the left side of the fuselage beneath the horizontal stabilizer PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 670: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 2 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 671: ...GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide and supplemental data covering optional equipment installed in the airplane refer to section 9 Supplements and pilot guides In addition the owner may get access to the following publications online Maintenance Manual Illustrated Parts Catalog Catalog of Service Bulletins Service Letters CAUTION POH must always be in the airplane PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT...

Page 672: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 3 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 673: ...to regulations in force in the certification country for information concerning preventive maintenance to be carried out A maintenance manual must be obtained prior to performing any preventive maintenance to make sure that proper procedures are followed Maintenance must be accomplished by licensed personnel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 674: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 4 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 675: ...5 1 8 5 Alterations or repairs It is essential that the airworthiness authorities be contacted prior to any alterations or repairs on the airplane to make sure that airworthiness of the airplane is not violated Alterations or repairs must be accomplished by licensed personnel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 676: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 5 2 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 677: ... see figure 8 6 1 Parking When parking the airplane head it into the wind Do not set the parking brake when brakes are overheated or during cold weather when accumulated moisture may freeze the brakes Care should be taken when using the parking brake for an extended period of time during which an air temperature rise or drop could cause difficulty in releasing the parking brake or damage the brake...

Page 678: ...s tie the airplane down as outlined in the following paragraph Tie down Proper tie down procedure is the best protection against damage to the airplane by gusty or strong winds To tiedown the airplane securely proceed as follows Install control lock see figure 8 6 2 Chock all wheels Tie sufficiently strong ropes or chains to hold airplane down insert a rope in each tie down hole located on flap hi...

Page 679: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 6 3 Figure 8 6 1 Turning angle limits PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 680: ...ueling Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks Keep the battery fully charged to prevent the electrolyte from freezing in cold weather Close oxygen cylinder isolation valve Storage from 8 to 28 days Engine according to maintenance manual P W C Airplane fueling Keep fuel tanks full to minimize condensation in the tanks Keep the battery fully charged to prevent the electrolyte fro...

Page 681: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 6 5 Figure 8 6 2 Control lock device PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 682: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 6 6 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 683: ...viscosities or specifications of oil as their different chemical structure can make them incompatible Specification Nominal Viscosity Specification NATO Code 5cSt MIL PRF 23699G O 156 STD O 154 HTS Figure 8 7 1 Recommended engine oil types Reference Service Bulletin P W C No 14001 at the latest revision Oil capacity System total capacity 12 7 Quarts 12 Litres oil cooler included Usable capacity 6 ...

Page 684: ...el may result in high consumption rate with the oil exiting through the accessory gearbox breather CAUTION When filler cap assembly is installed and locked no movement is allowed Fuel Total capacity each tank 150 5 USG 570 l NOTE To minimize condensation it is recommended that airplane be refueled after each flight respecting weight and balance limits CAUTION Never fly the airplane with contaminat...

Page 685: ...es only AVGAS will not be used for more than 150 cumulative hours during any period between engine overhaul NOTE Use of AVGAS must be recorded in engine module logbook US Specification US French Specification FR English Specification UK NATO Code ASTM D1655 JET A ASTM D1655 JET A1 ASTM D1655 JET B AIR 3405C Grade F35 DERD 2494 Issue 9 F35 without additive MIL DTL 5624 Grade JP 4 AIR 3407B DERD 245...

Page 686: ...and operators they do exist in certain areas of the world and consequently must be dealt with when encountered Therefore to alleviate the possibility of fuel icing occurring under these unusual conditions it is required to add an ethylene glycol monomethyl ether EGME or DIEGME compound to the fuel supply The introduction of an EGME or DIEGME compound into the fuel provides two distinct effects it ...

Page 687: ... using a differential refractometer It is imperative that the technical manual for the differential refractometer be followed explicitly when checking the additive concentration Fuel and fuel additives in Ukraine and CIS countries It is possible to use kerosene GOST 10227 RT with addition of anti icing liquid liquid И GOST 8313 88 Above mentioned liquid is added in the quantity equal to 0 3 percen...

Page 688: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 7 6 Figure 8 7 3 Additive mixing ratio EGME or DIEGME PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 689: ...hock absorbers Fill with hydraulic fluid AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E inflate with nitrogen to 160 psi 11 bars Hydraulic system Check every 100 hours and service with AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E hydraulic fluid Brakes Service as required with AIR 3520 B MIL H5606E hydraulic fluid NOTE A higher inflation pressure has to be applied to tires and shock absorbers when in very cold conditions refer to chapter 8 9 Ti...

Page 690: ...e is installed directly on the oxygen cylinder head It consists of a charging valve and a pressure gauge graduated from 0 to 2000 PSIG A chart see figure 8 7 4 located on the inside of the cylinder service door gives the maximum cylinder charge pressure for the ambient temperature Figure 8 7 4 Charge pressure chart PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 691: ...e no oil or grease with the oxygen replenishment equipment Always open the shut off valve slowly to avoid generating heat and replenish the system slowly at a rate not exceeding 200 PSIG 13 7 bars per minute CAUTION Replenishment of the oxygen system should only be performed by qualified personnel NOTE The cylinder is fully charged at a pressure of 1850 PSIG 127 bars at a temperature of 70 F 21 C ...

Page 692: ... cylinder charging valve is clean Remove the cap from the charging valve 6 Make sure the oxygen supply hose is clean and connect it to the charging valve 7 Slowly pressurize the oxygen cylinder to the correct pressure 8 Close the oxygen supply and allow the cylinder temperature to become stable 9 Monitor the oxygen pressure on the gauge and fill to the correct pressure if necessary 10 Release the ...

Page 693: ...he masks to deploy WARNING Masks shall be repacked in an area free of oil grease flammable solvents or other contaminants 1 Inspect and disinfect mask and deployment container with an aqueous solution of Zephiran Chloride Scott Aviation P N 00 2572 or with disinfection cleaners EROS P N SAN50 After disinfecting and thoroughly drying the mask lightly dust the outside of the facepiece with Neo Novac...

Page 694: ...15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 7 12 4 Gently fold reservoir bag lengthwise into thirds outside edges folded inward over center of bag Do not crease bag 5 Fold reservoir bag away from breathing valves and into facepiece Make sure bag does not cover breathing valves PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 695: ...d into correct check valve for mask being installed Cross connected pins will result in passengers pulling lanyard cords only to initiate oxygen flow to another mask 8 Insert lanyard pin into corresponding check valve 9 Place mask facepiece first in deployment container Make sure that oxygen tubing and lanyard cord are free to deploy and are not caught between the container and lid 10 Close and la...

Page 696: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 8 7 14 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 697: ...leaning operation avoid wearing objects such as ring watch bracelet and exercise care to prevent buttons buckles and any hard objects from touching the windshield and the windows Adhesive tapes other than Minnesota 3m type 670 shall not be used on acrylic surfaces Never use buffing machines as excessive forces or speeds might produce redhibitory defects Follow by carefully washing with a mild dete...

Page 698: ...grass and bug stains will assure long blade life Never use an alkaline cleaner on the blades remove grease and dirt Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow Engine care Refer to maintenance manual for the procedures to follow Interior care To remove dust and loose dirt from the upholstery and carpet clean the interior regularly with a vacuum cleaner For additional information refer...

Page 699: ...onfiguration and vice versa Also it can be used partly to remove or install equipment items However it is the pilot s responsibility to ensure that all necessary authorizations are obtained from the appropriate regulatory authority 1 Conversion of 6 seat accommodation into 4 seat accommodation see figures 8 9 1 8 9 2 8 9 3 and 8 9 4 A Tools and consumable materials Seat protective covers B Prepara...

Page 700: ...r to the holder located on the seat structure All e Clear the carpet from under the seat to facilitate moving in rails Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 f Open the floor hatch and clip the second loose connector to the holder located under floor panel Close the floor hatch All g Hold the seat in tilted position and unscrew quick links 7 of strap 9 located under L H seatpan NOTE...

Page 701: ...e All d Clear the carpet from under the seat to facilitate moving in rails Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 e Open the floor hatch and clip the second loose connector to the holder located under floor panel Close the floor hatch All f Pull up locking handle 21 located under the pan on the seat rear side to unlock it g Move the seat in the rails to line up pads 23 with rail 24 ...

Page 702: ...nfiguration 4 6 seats cabin upholstery blanking device and plug arrangements will need to be reconfigured in order to optimize the temperature conditioning system Subject changes should preferably be performed at a recognized service center G Installation of intermediate seats see figures 8 9 2 8 9 3 and 8 9 4 1 Install deflector 34 ensuring that both red marks 36 are aligned with the deflector ho...

Page 703: ...at so that lock 22 is in front of the color mark 37 f Release locking handle 21 to lock the seat WARNING Verify that lock 22 and all pads 23 are engaged and locked into rails trying to move seat forward and backward g Install backrest bottom upholstery 25 NOTE Adjust it properly make sure not to obstruct deflector 34 outlet h Slide properly the carpet under the seat i Remove protective covers H Fi...

Page 704: ...torage bag and install them on holes located forward the large door see figure 8 9 3 detail B 2 Remove blanking device assy 33 from the hot air outlet located forward the large door and store it into storage bag see figure 8 9 3 detail A 3 Remove blanking plugs 31 located in line with card table see figure 8 9 3 detail D and install them on holes located in line with R H front side window see figu...

Page 705: ...de onrail bottom 6 Pull up and hold L H and R H rings 2 and turn knobs 8 by 90 in order to insert locks 3 into rail 5 apertures 7 Make sure the seat is correctly locked on rails 5 8 Tilt seat forward hold it and slip strap 9 around the locking control hinge pin Screw quick links 7 Airplane with seats heaters system Post MOD70 0588 25 9 Open the floor hatch and remove clip from holder located under...

Page 706: ...e performed by the pilot or service centers installation arrangements with cabinet s are to be performed by service centers only However it is the pilot s responsibility to ensure that all necessary authorizations are obtained from the appropriate regulatory authority NOTE To remove or install these elements use paragraph 1 or 2 Refer to table 1 NOTE After these operations determine the weight and...

Page 707: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 9 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 708: ...Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 10 1 Seat tilting handle 2 Ring 3 Lock 4 Pad 5 Rail 6 Backrest tilting handle 7 Quick link 8 Knob 9 Strap 10 Seats heaters connector if installed Figure 8 9 1 1 2 Removal installation of rear seat PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 709: ...ilot s Operating Handbook Section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 11 Figure 8 9 1 2 2 Removal installation of rear seat PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 710: ...d maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 12 Figure 8 9 2 Removal installation of intermediate seat 21 Locking handle 22 Lock 23 Pad 24 Rail 25 Backrest bottom upholstery 26 Seats heaters connector if installed PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 711: ...ervicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 13 Figure 8 9 3 Cabin comfort Installation of blanking plugs and deflector 31 Blanking plug 32 Blanking plug 33 Blanking device assy 34 Deflector PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 712: ...tion 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 4 Page 8 9 14 Figure 8 9 4 Cabin comfort Installation of deflector 34 Deflector 35 Deflector hole 36 Red mark 37 Color mark PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 713: ... engine cowlings seals as well as the leading edge deicers 2 Apply engine oil on the engine cowling latches 3 Inflate main landing gear shock absorbers to 247 psi 17 bars at a room temperature of 15 C 4 Position a 0 59 in 15 mm shim at the bottom of the piston tube and against forward landing gear half fork to reduce shock absorber travel Refill with hydraulic liquid Remove the shim and inflate sh...

Page 714: ...g table 1 during operation in cold weather only OAT C 40 30 20 10 15 P r e s s u r e s psi bars Main landing gear shock absorber 189 13 196 13 5 203 14 218 15 247 17 Nose gear shock absorber 102 7 109 7 5 116 8 123 8 5 138 9 5 Main landing gear tire 144 9 96 144 9 96 130 8 96 130 8 96 130 8 96 Nose gear tire 94 6 5 94 6 5 102 7 102 7 102 7 Table 1 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 715: ...er than that for which it is supplied nor may information contained in it be disclosed to unauthorized persons It must not be reproduced nor transmitted in any form in whole or in part without permission in writing from the owners of the Copyright Information in this document is subject to change without notice 2018 2019 2020 DAHER AEROSPACE All rights reserved DAHER AEROSPACE Customer Care 65921 ...

Page 716: ... 3 1 3 JUN 20 4 1 1 APR 18 5 1 3 JUN 20 6 1 3 JUN 20 7 1 3 JUN 20 8 1 1 APR 18 9 1 3 JUN 20 10 1 3 JUN 20 11 1 3 JUN 20 12 1 3 JUN 20 13 1 3 JUN 20 14 1 3 JUN 20 15 1 3 JUN 20 16 1 3 JUN 20 17 1 3 JUN 20 18 1 3 JUN 20 19 1 3 JUN 20 20 1 3 JUN 20 21 1 3 JUN 20 22 1 3 JUN 20 23 1 3 JUN 20 24 1 3 JUN 20 25 1 3 JUN 20 26 1 3 JUN 20 27 1 3 JUN 20 28 1 3 JUN 20 29 1 3 JUN 20 30 1 3 JUN 20 31 1 3 JUN 20 ...

Page 717: ...ipment Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 0B Page Edit Rev Rev Date Page Edit Rev Rev Date No No No No 44 1 3 JUN 20 45 1 3 JUN 20 46 1 3 JUN 20 47 1 3 JUN 20 48 1 3 JUN 20 49 1 3 JUN 20 50 1 3 JUN 20 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 718: ...t s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 0 Page 0C List of amendments Revision 0 dated January 15 2018 Pages Description All pages Creation PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 719: ...of amendments Revision 1 dated April 3 2018 Pages Description Title Change of legal entity name from SOCATA SAS to DAHER AEROSPACE 0A List of effective pages and validities 0D List of amendments Revision 1 4 thru 42 Removal of equipment manufacturer name PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 720: ...15 2018 Rev 2 Page 0E List of amendments Revision 2 dated April 8 2019 Pages Description Title Updating of the date on the copyright 0A List of effective pages and validities 0E and 0F List of amendments Revision 2 3 Terminology PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 721: ...lity to connect a battery charger 13 Addition of Front seats ease covers Relocation of information related to support device on control wheel Addition of Coat hanger MOD70 0557 25B Update of Upholstery variants 14 15 Update of information related to servicing plugs 15 Addition of Pilot door thermal insulation MOD70 0574 25B Deletion of Reels Update of belts data 16 Addition of seats data for airpl...

Page 722: ...urcing radome 34 Deletion of GRA 55 transceiver part number 35 Addition of TAS system data MOD70 0258 00G Addition of NAV receiver data integrated in GIA 64W 36 37 Update of transponders data 39 Addition of MC10 Smart Mike mask 41 Update of Information systems list 45 Correction of arm value for Overspeed governor 47 Addition of Engine controls data 48 Addition of GEA 71B data 7 17 19 thru 22 25 2...

Page 723: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 0H Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 724: ...13 ATA 26 Fire protection 17 ATA 27 Flight controls 18 ATA 28 Fuel system 20 ATA 30 Ice and rain protection 21 ATA 31 Indicating recording systems 23 ATA 32 Landing gears 25 ATA 33 Lights 27 ATA 34 Navigation 29 ATA 35 Oxygen 39 ATA 37 Vacuum 40 ATA 46 Information systems 41 ATA 52 Doors 42 ATA 56 Windows 43 ATA 57 Wings 44 ATA 61 Propeller 45 ATA 71 Power plant 46 ATA 76 Engine controls 47 ATA 77...

Page 725: ...plane file Columns showing weight in pounds and arm in inches provide the weight and center of gravity location for the equipment In the list of Required Standard or Optional equipment not restrictive a letter R S O or A allows classifying the equipment R equipment items required for certification S standard equipment items A optional equipment items which are in addition to required or standard i...

Page 726: ...IA63W Integrated Avionics Computer GRS77 1 2 2 1 2 2 P N 011 01020 10 P N 011 00105 40 P N 011 00868 10 ATC transponder Altitude reporting transponder 1 1 TSO C 74c From S N 1216 Equipment P N Barometric altimeter GDC72B Air data computer GDU1250W Display 2 3 2 2 P N 011 03734 40 P N 011 04186 00 Autopilot Altitude Hold function GMC710 AFCS mode controller GIA64W Integrated Avionics Computer GRS79...

Page 727: ...ion 1 January 15 2018 Rev 1 Page 4 S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 01026A Flight ceiling at 31000 ft PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 728: ...r 6044A010001 4 06 0 840 153 54 3 900 S Bleed temperature switch 92244B010002 0 13 0 060 153 54 3 900 21 30 Pressurization control S Cabin altitude warn switch 214 C40 3 261 0 077 0 035 153 94 3 910 S Cabin differential pressure warn switch 17 600 01 0 143 0 065 139 76 3 550 S 0448 21 Outflow valve 81144A010101 2 976 1 350 317 32 8 060 S 0448 21 Safety valve 81145A010101 2 337 1 060 317 32 8 060 2...

Page 729: ...0 108 27 2 750 S Non return valve 52704A010001 0 66 0 300 118 11 3 000 S Ground Fan 8031A020 3 95 1 790 90 55 2 300 S Ground Fan 8031A030 3 95 1 790 90 55 2 300 21 55 Vapor cycle cooling system S Compressor 1377A010001 14 77 6 700 98 43 2 500 S Cockpit Evaporator Assembly 14720A010001 9 06 4 111 200 79 5 100 S Cabin Evaporator Assembly 14719A010001 12 90 5 850 311 02 7 900 S Condenser Assembly 812...

Page 730: ...unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 S Inlet temperature sensor 93276A010001 0 11 0 050 153 54 3 900 S Cockpit ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0 18 0 080 182 09 4 625 S Cabin ventilated sensor 92279A010002 0 18 0 080 250 00 6 350 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 731: ...05 22 Upgrading of AFCS GFC 700 composed of Pitch servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 247 40 6 284 Roll servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 231 10 5 870 Yaw servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 08 1 85 253 70 6 444 Pitch trim servo GSA 81 Servo mount GSM 86 4 14 1 88 157 87 4 010 Trim adapter GTA 82 1 30 0 59 240 87 6 118 AFCS Control Unit GMC 710 0 91 0 41 156 61 3 978 PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 732: ...hargers 2 5 SCY Qty 2 Neglig S Static dischargers 2 9 SCY Qty 3 Neglig S Static dischargers 2 31 SCY Qty 2 Neglig A 0526 23A Static dischargers 2 5 SCY Qty 2 on flaps Neglig S 0526 23A Static dischargers 2 5 SCY Qty 2 on flaps Neglig O 0287 23A Radio stereo headset A20 with bluetooth Neglig O 0487 23A Radio stereo headset A20 Neglig O 0331 23 Weather Data Link and Satellite Phone GSR 56 Post MOD70...

Page 733: ...810 342 83 8 708 HF Antenna kit 1 74 0 790 324 80 8 250 A 0458 23B GDL 69A SXM XM Generation 4 interfaced with G3000 system 1 41 0 640 163 46 4 152 S 0476 00A G3000 COM 1 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit 1 refer to ATA 34 28 VHF antenna under fuselage 16 21B P3 0 86 0 390 271 65 6 900 S 0476 00A G3000 COM 2 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 63W Integrated Avioni...

Page 734: ...ated Marker Beacon Receiver 2 GMA 36B 2 80 1 27 148 90 3 782 S 0564 31A G3000 COM 1 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 64W Integrated Avionics Unit 1 refer to ATA 34 28 VHF antenna under fuselage 16 21B P3 0 86 0 390 271 65 6 900 S 0564 31A G3000 COM 2 system Transceiver integrated in GIA 64W Integrated Avionics Unit 2 refer to ATA 34 28 VHF antenna above fuselage 16 21B P3 0 86 0 390 271 65 6 9...

Page 735: ... 14 330 6 500 128 15 3 255 R Stand by alternator ES10024B 5 13 000 5 897 104 84 2 663 R Starter generator MG94K 1 31 989 14 510 118 83 2 815 S 24002A Lead acid battery RG 380E 44 85 979 39 000 112 20 2 850 A 0303 24 Charger Maintainer for lead acid battery 0 220 0 100 114 17 2 900 A 0538 24A Capability to connect a battery charger 0 396 0 180 137 00 3 495 24 40 External power supply S Ground power...

Page 736: ...oke one on each control wheel Version A paper clips Neglig 166 00 4 220 Version B mechanical provision for mounting device dedicated to digital tablet 1 984 0 900 166 00 4 220 25 21 Furnishing Passengers compartment A 0386 25 Leather upholstering Vulcain 6 614 3 000 212 60 5 400 S 0557 25B Coat hanger 0 28 0 130 287 90 7 313 A 0304 25 Cabin fitting out Autolux leather upholstering variants Version...

Page 737: ... 187 99 4 775 S 0374 25C Additional servicing plugs unit 5 VDC servicing plugs unit USB type Qty 1 on L H intermediate seat with integrated charger 0 20 0 100 219 29 5 570 O 0374 25C Additional servicing plugs unit 5 VDC servicing plugs unit USB type Qty 1 on L H intermediate seat with integrated charger 0 20 0 100 219 29 5 570 O 0374 25D Servicing plugs unit of which 12 VDC servicing plugs unit Q...

Page 738: ... double plug units USB type 6430202 5 in the cabin R H and L H Intermediate seats S 0531 25A 13 8 VDC servicing plug unit of which 0 74 0 334 193 00 4 900 28 12 VDC Converter 0 60 0 270 193 00 4 900 13 8 VDC servicing plug 0 14 0 064 288 00 7 310 O 0574 25B Pilot door thermal insulation 0 55 0 250 172 05 4 370 S 0574 25B Pilot door thermal insulation 0 55 0 250 172 05 4 370 Seats Belts Belts O 038...

Page 739: ...rs system From S N 1215 49 98 22 67 185 86 4 721 S Front R H seat T700C2500002 55 12 25 00 183 90 4 671 S 0553 25A Front R H seat T700J2500005 From S N 1160 48 90 22 20 185 86 4 721 S 0588 25A Front R H seat T700J2500005 with seat heaters system From S N 1215 49 98 22 67 185 86 4 721 25 60 Emergency equipment S Smoke goggles MXP 210 0 855 0 388 200 00 5 080 25 61 Emergency locator transmitter A 04...

Page 740: ...it lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 26 Fire protection A 0391 26 Portable fire extinguisher unit 74 00 Version A on R H Station R H Upholstering 4 89 2 220 170 11 4 321 A 0496 26A Engine fire detection system 1 464 0 664 96 06 2 440 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 741: ...l R Rudder trim actuator 145700 02 equipped assy T7002720018 1 543 0 700 395 27 10 040 S 0348 27 New control wheels S L H equipped control wheel 83912112 2 535 1 150 157 48 4 000 S R H equipped control wheel 83912113 2 535 1 150 157 48 4 000 27 30 Pitch control S Pitch trim actuator 145400 02 1 213 0 550 425 20 10 800 S 0510 27A Stick shaker C 101702 1 1 053 0 477 144 00 3 658 A 0510 27B Stick sha...

Page 742: ...Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 27 50 Wing flaps control R Flap control including 15 520 7 040 218 50 5 550 Flap motor 6157 1 2 866 1 300 216 54 5 500 Flap actuator 1 5297 2 5297 1 830 0 830 220 47 5 600 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 743: ...110 24 2 800 R Fuel unit L88A15 651 4 586 2 080 133 07 3 380 R A35 fuel sequencer unit 1 102 0 500 125 98 3 200 28 40 Fuel indication R 0158 28C Fuel gage amplifier in us gal 738574 1 0 1 08 0 49 278 74 7 080 R Inboard L H Gage 762 438 1 0 0 331 0 150 183 07 4 650 R Inboard R H Gage 762 439 1 0 0 331 0 150 183 07 4 650 R Intermediate gage 762 440 1 0 0 220 0 100 190 94 4 850 R Outboard gage 762 44...

Page 744: ...d L H wing 5 732 2 600 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001003 inboard R H wing 5 732 2 600 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001004 middle L H wing 3 748 1 700 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001005 middle R H wing 3 748 1 700 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010012000 outboard L H wing 2 65 1 200 173 23 4 400 S Deicer T700A3010001007 outboard R H wing 3 307 1 500 173 23 4 400 S Dual port distribution valve...

Page 745: ...ion 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 22 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 30 60 Propeller deicing S Timer 3E2311 4 0 44 0 200 200 79 5 100 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 746: ...ight weight Flight Data Recorder ADRS CARS of which 5 659 2 567 256 50 6 515 Light Data Recorder 4 982 2 260 260 63 6 620 MK170 microphone 0 198 0 090 153 54 3 900 Support pre installed 0 478 0 217 260 63 6 620 S 0455 31D Light weight Flight Data Recorder ADRS CARS of which 5 659 2 567 256 50 6 515 Light Data Recorder 4 982 2 260 260 63 6 620 MK170 microphone 0 198 0 090 153 54 3 900 Support pre i...

Page 747: ...pment Item OPT70 or MOD70 S 0564 31A Avionics processing Unit 2 GIA 64W 7 50 3 40 147 8 3 753 A 0578 31A Data collection and transmission system FASTBOX 3 62 1 64 125 2 3 180 A 0578 31B Data collection and transmission system FASTBOX 3 62 1 64 125 2 3 180 A 0578 31C Data collection and transmission system FASTBOX 3 62 1 64 125 2 3 180 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 748: ...39 5 090 R 0190 32 R H main landing gear D23768001 53 79 24 400 200 39 5 090 32 20 Nose landing gear R 0134 32 Nose gear D23766000 53 57 24 300 93 70 2 380 32 30 Extension and retraction O 0334 32 Main locking actuator VSTS 083560 13 228 6 000 208 07 5 285 O 0334 32 Nose locking actuator VSTS 083560 13 228 6 000 110 24 2 800 R Hand pump 914 8D27 2 326 1 055 181 10 4 600 32 35 Hydraulic generation ...

Page 749: ... R 0409 32 Main tire 18x5 5 10PR 14 396 6 530 204 33 5 190 R Master cylinder 010 07802 0 882 0 400 145 67 3 700 O 0643 32 Nose tire 070 310 0 5 709 2 590 98 18 2 494 R Nose tire 5 00 5 10PR TL MICHELIN 5 600 2 540 89 57 2 275 GOOD YEAR 6 300 2 858 89 57 2 275 R 0408 32 Nose tire 5 00 5 10PR 6 834 3 100 89 57 2 275 R Nose wheel 40 262A 2 976 1 350 89 57 2 275 O Main wheel Model 40 434 11 28 5 120 2...

Page 750: ...g detection T700G3340020 0 20 0 090 151 57 3 850 S 0509 33 Leading edge ice detection LED light 01 0771904 00 0 25 0 113 172 00 4 371 S 0322 00 LED L H taxi and landing lights 01 0771674 01 1 400 0 635 181 10 4 600 S 0322 00 LED R H taxi and landing lights 01 0771674 01 1 400 0 635 181 10 4 600 S 0322 00 NAV Anticollision system LED lights S Central units S L H strobe light power supply 01 0771234...

Page 751: ...ndard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 S Lights S L H navigation strobe recognition lights 01 0771170 02 0 499 0 227 184 29 4 681 S R H navigation strobe recognition lights 01 0771170 01 0 499 0 227 184 29 4 681 S Rear tail navigation strobe lights 01 0790667 00 0 499 0 227 444 21 11 283 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 752: ...0000 0 220 0 100 157 48 4 000 S 0160 34A Authorization to operate in RVSM area S 0423 34A Lift transducer and AoA computer installation of which 1 66 0 752 242 01 6 147 R Lift transducer P N C 101 707 1 or P N C 101 707 2 0 50 0 226 173 23 4 400 S AoA computer P N C 101 706 1 0 74 0 336 273 62 6 950 S K59 and K590 relays 0 25 0 115 265 55 6 745 S 0462 34 Standby Attitude Module MD302 1 61 0 730 15...

Page 753: ... 77 4 363 S 0476 00A Attitude and Heading Reference System 2 GRS 77 3 46 1 57 171 77 4 363 S 0476 00A Magnetometer 1 GMU 44 0 48 0 22 180 98 4 597 S 0476 00A Magnetometer 2 GMU 44 0 48 0 22 180 98 4 597 S 0543 34B Attitude and Heading Reference System 1 GRS 79 3 20 1 45 171 77 4 363 S 0543 34B Attitude and Heading Reference System 2 GRS 79 3 20 1 45 171 77 4 363 34 23 Magnetic compass R Stand by c...

Page 754: ...2 GDU 1200W 8 29 3 76 154 88 3 934 MFD GDU 1200W 8 29 3 76 154 88 3 934 Engine Airframe Interface Unit 1 GEA 71 2 58 1 17 148 27 3 766 Engine Airframe Interface Unit 2 GEA 71 2 58 1 17 148 27 3 766 Integrated Avionics Unit 1 GIA 63W 7 19 3 26 147 87 3 756 Integrated Avionics Unit 2 GIA 63W 7 19 3 26 147 87 3 756 Touch Controller Unit 1 GTC 580 3 99 1 81 156 69 3 980 Touch Controller Unit 2 GTC 580...

Page 755: ...54 88 3 934 0565 77A Engine Airframe Interface Unit 1 GEA 71B 2 65 1 20 148 30 3 766 0565 77A Engine Airframe Interface Unit 2 GEA 71B 2 65 1 20 148 30 3 766 0564 31A Integrated Avionics Unit 1 GIA 64W 7 50 3 40 147 80 3 753 0564 31A Integrated Avionics Unit 2 GIA 64W 7 50 3 40 147 80 3 753 0476 00A Touch Controller Unit 1 GTC 580 3 99 1 81 156 69 3 980 0476 00A Touch Controller Unit 2 GTC 580 3 9...

Page 756: ... WX 500 G3000 coupled 4 94 2 24 232 28 5 900 Antenna NY163 0 84 0 38 311 02 7 900 Processor WX500 2 27 1 03 255 91 6 500 A 34056F Stormscope WX 500 G3000 coupled 4 94 2 24 232 28 5 900 Antenna NY163 0 84 0 38 311 02 7 900 Processor WX500 2 27 1 03 255 91 6 500 34 42 Weather radar S 0394 34C Weather radar GWX 70 of which 10 35 4 47 169 10 4 295 SAINT GOBAIN radome 4906 100 V2 2 82 1 280 169 10 4 29...

Page 757: ...00 228 82 5 812 Transmitting antenna S67 2002 0 300 0 136 182 09 4 625 and Receiving antenna S67 2002 0 300 0 136 205 83 5 228 34 44 Traffic advisory system A 0176 00F TAWS system A 0258 00D TAS system GTS 820 G3000 coupled of which 22 53 10 220 177 68 4 513 Processor GTS 820 9 92 4 500 143 11 3 635 Power amplifier low noise amplifier GPA 65 1 90 0 860 221 42 5 624 Antenna GA 58 above fuselage 0 7...

Page 758: ...e 0 79 0 360 230 71 5 860 Antenna GA 58 under fuselage 0 79 0 360 260 63 6 620 34 51 NAV 1 installation S VHF GS NAV antenna DM N4 17N 3 307 1 500 401 57 10 200 S Receiver integrated in the MOD70 0476 00A GIA 63W Integrated Avionics Unit 1 refer to ATA 34 28 S Receiver integrated in the MOD70 0564 31A GIA 64W Integrated Avionics Unit 1 refer to ATA 34 28 34 52 NAV 2 installation S Receiver integra...

Page 759: ...A 61 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 A 0475 34C Transponder 2 GTX 33 Mode S with antenna diversity and extended squitter 3 11 1 41 147 68 3 751 Antenna KA 61 under fuselage 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 Antenna KA 61 above fuselage 0 40 0 18 193 22 4 908 S 0542 34A Transponder 1 GTX 345R full Mode S enhanced surveillance capability without antenna diversity with extended squitter and ADS B IN acquisition with eth...

Page 760: ...veillance capability without antenna diversity with extended squitter and ADS B IN acquisition with ethernet connection 2 90 1 32 147 20 3 738 Antenna KA 61 0 40 0 18 150 08 3 812 O 0542 34N Transponder 1 GTX 345R full Mode S enhanced surveillance capability without antenna diversity with extended squitter and ADS B IN acquisition with ethernet connection 2 90 1 32 147 20 3 738 Antenna KA 61 0 40 ...

Page 761: ... N 0505 757 912 2 205 1 000 259 84 6 000 Antenna AN3500 P N 0832 601 912 3 754 1 700 171 85 4 365 RMI converter AC3504 P N 0856 010 912 1 653 0 750 259 84 6 000 34 55 DME installation A 34014G DME KN63 G3000 coupled 2 80 1 27 232 28 5 900 Antenna KA 61 0 40 0 18 238 82 6 066 34 57 Global Positioning System GPS S 0476 00A GPS WAAS Antenna GA 36 0 48 0 22 204 84 5 203 S 0476 00A GPS WAAS and Datalin...

Page 762: ...ight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 35 Oxygen O 0597 35A MC10 Smartmike oxygen mask pilot and front passenger 1 290 0 585 188 98 4 800 S 0207 00 Gaseous oxygen system with oxygen masks 22 73 10 310 226 77 5 760 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 763: ...red R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 37 Vacuum S Air ejector valve 19E17 5A 0 661 0 300 116 14 2 950 S Regulator and relief valve 38E 96 2D 1 323 0 600 116 14 2 950 S Vacuum relief valve 691 21A 0 331 0 150 139 76 3 550 S Valve 557 18 E 0 353 0 160 118 11 3 000 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 764: ...r Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 46 Information systems A 0459 46C Flight stream transceiver FS210 0 264 0 120 151 18 3 840 A 0459 46D Flight stream transceiver FS210 0 264 0 120 151 18 3 840 S 0545 46A Pdf viewer installation SD card Neglig S 0547 46C Flight stream transceiver FS510 SD card Neglig PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 765: ...e 42 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 52 Doors S 0320 52B New Pilot door 45 607 20 687 173 23 4 400 S 0342 52 Additional landing gear doors 6 613 3 000 204 33 5 190 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 766: ...on 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 43 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 56 Windows S 56001A Deiced R H windshield 1 764 0 800 158 27 4 020 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 767: ... 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 44 S R A O Arm in m Weight per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 57 Wings S 57001A Utilization on runways covered with melting snow 7 716 3 500 200 00 5 080 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 768: ...d S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 61 Propeller 61 10 Propeller assembly S 0345 61 Propeller 5 blade HC E5N 3C NC 8834 K spinner 104552P 171 08 77 60 43 11 1 095 61 20 Controls S Propeller governor 8210 007 2 646 1 200 59 06 1 500 R 0445 72 Overspeed governor 1439292 2 535 1 200 52 38 1 330 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 769: ...nal A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 71 Power plant R Turboprop engine PT6 A 66D 497 30 226 00 79 72 2 025 S Top silentblocks 95007 16 Qty 2 2 647 1 201 79 72 2 025 S Bottom silentblocks 95007 19 Qty 2 2 654 1 204 79 72 2 025 71 60 Air inlet R 0359 71 Inertial separator actuator JA23372 1000 1 2 156 0 978 62 99 1 600 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 770: ...per unit lb kg Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 76 Engine controls R 0558 76 Single lever power control modification for auto throttle capability Neglig Version A Single lever power control capability Version B Non auto throttle knob PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 771: ...5 12 1 400 R 0328 77 Torque transducer APTE 438 1000 75D 0 473 0 215 54 84 1 393 S 0565 77 Engine Airframe Interface Units GEA 71B installation and Sandia conditioner and low pass filter removal of which Version A Unit 1 GEA 71B installation 2 65 1 20 148 30 3 766 Unit 2 GEA 71B installation 2 65 1 20 148 30 3 766 Version B Sandia conditioner and low pass filter removal 0 76 0 34 148 30 3 768 Vers...

Page 772: ...red R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Item OPT70 or MOD70 79 Lubrication 79 20 Distribution R Oil cooler L8538233 10 472 4 750 90 55 2 300 79 30 Indicating R 0327 79A Oil pressure transmitter APT 369A 1000 150G 5 VDC 0 337 0 153 105 35 2 676 S 0512 79 Chip detector monitoring Neglig PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 773: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook List of equipment Edition 1 January 15 2018 Rev 3 Page 50 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 774: ...rom S N 1000 up to S N 1269 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 45 3 Mexico specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version C From S N 1270 X X 47 1 GARMIN GWX70 color weather radar MOD70 0394 34 From S N 1000 to S N 1049 plus S N 687 X 49 2 GARMIN TAWS System MOD70 0176 00 Version F From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 50 2 GARMIN Synthetic Vision System MOD70 0226 00 From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X X X X 900 E0 F...

Page 775: ...7 X 59 1 Brazil specifics OPT70 01004 From S N 1000 up to S N 1269 plus S N 687 X X X X X 59 3 Brazil specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version B From S N 1270 X X 60 1 ADS B OUT function MOD70 0264 34 MOD70 0542 34 From S N 1000 up to S N 1159 plus S N 687 with MOD70 0176 00 X X 62 0 Flight envelope protection MOD70 0423 34 and MOD70 0488 27 From S N 1000 up to S N 1169 plus S N 687 with MOD70 0176 00 X X ...

Page 776: ...Version A From S N 1000 plus S N 687 X X X X 68 0 TBM930 2018 From S N 1216 X 69 0 Baro VNAV approaches MOD70 0636 34 From S N 1000 plus S N 687 equipped with G1000 system MOD70 0176 00 or G1000 NXi system retrofit MOD70 0539 00 Versions D E X X X 71 0 JCAB Supplement for TBM940 airplane MOD70 0619 11 Version D From S N 1272 X 72 0 France specifics MOD70 0619 11 Version E From S N 1270 X X 900 E0 ...

Page 777: ...rage cabinet MOD70 0684 25 From S N 1270 X X 75 0 GDR66 COM3 VHF communication MOD70 0722 23 From S N 1272 X 900 E0 From S N 1000 to S N 1049 plus S N 687 900 E1 From S N 1050 910 E0 From S N 1170 to 1269 910 E1 Airplane equipped with MOD70 0539 00 Version H 930 E0 Airplane equipped with MOD70 476 00 930 E1 Airplane equipped with MOD70 549 00 940 E0 Airplane equipped with MOD70 0649 00 Version A P...

Page 778: ... 9 6 1 SUPPLEMENT WX 500 stormscope Table of contents Page 1 General 9 6 2 2 Limitations 9 6 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 6 3 4 Normal procedures 9 6 3 5 Performance 9 6 3 6 Weight and balance 9 6 4 7 Description 9 6 4 8 Handling Servicing and maintenance 9 6 4 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 779: ... airplane is equipped with the option WX 500 stormscope The WX 500 stormscope systems signal displays are not intended for the purpose of penetrating thunderstorm areas or areas of severe turbulence such intentional use is prohibited NOTE Range selection determines receiver sensitivity and therefore relative range Displayed range is based on signal strength and is not to be used for accurate deter...

Page 780: ...ocedures of the airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH SECTION 4 Normal procedures Normal operating procedures of the WX 500 stormscope are outlined in the WX 500 Pilot s Guide SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of WX 500 stormscope do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR...

Page 781: ...scribed in section 7 Description of the basicPOH whenthe airplaneis equippedwith theoption WX 500 stormscope The WX 500 series II stormscope weather mapping system provides a visual screen readout of the electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms This information with proper interpretation will allow thepilot todetect severethunderstorm activity A series of green dots or of strike points ...

Page 782: ...8 1 SUPPLEMENT Engine fire detection system Table of contents Page 1 General 9 18 2 2 Limitations 9 18 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 18 3 4 Normal procedures 9 18 5 5 Performance 9 18 5 6 Weight and balance 9 18 6 7 Description 9 18 7 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 18 7 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 783: ...ine fire detection system The general hereafter supplement or replace those of thestandard airplanedescribed in section 1 General of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system The fire detection system allows engine fire monitoring and indicating SECTION 2 Limitations Installation and operation of Engine fire detection system do not change the basic li...

Page 784: ...ook when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system Engine fire on ground Symptoms ITT increasing ITT FIRE smoke 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 or MOD70 0539 00 2 BLEED switch OFF RST Airplane with G3000 Flight deck MOD70 0476 00 3 BLEED switch OFF All 4 A C switch OFF 5 Brakes As required 6 FUEL TANK SLECTOR OFF 7 Warn grou...

Page 785: ...e warning is not confirmed 1 Monitor the engine parameters ITT in particular 2 Look for smoke coming from engine cowls or from air conditioning system Land as soon as possible If the fire warning is confirmed 1 THROTTLE CUT OFF 2 AUX BP switch OFF 3 FUEL TANK SELECTOR OFF 4 Oxygen mask Use Airplane with G1000 or G1000 NXi Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 or MOD70 0539 00 5 BLEED switch OFF RST Airplane w...

Page 786: ...d with the option Engine fire detection system Before starting the engine Up to S N 1105 plus S N 687 on left side of left instrument panel FIRE TEST push button Press From S N 1106 on upper panel TEST push button Press All FIRE lights on and causes the illumination of the MASTER WARNING light SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of Engine fire detection system do not change the basic ...

Page 787: ...sic Pilot s Operating Handbook when the airplane is equipped with the option Engine fire detection system S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 26 Fire protection A 26002G or 26002 H Engine fire detection system L HOTELLIER From S N 1000 to 1105 plus S N 687 1 455 0 660 96 06 2 440 A 0496 26A Engine fire detection system L ...

Page 788: ...engine areas They consist of thermal switches detecting a temperature greater than 200 C Push button The push button enables the pilot to test the detection system by opening the grounding circuit It is connected in series with the 7 detectors Up to S N 1105 plus S N 687 The FIRE TEST push button is located on left side of left instrument panel From S N 1106 The TEST push button is located on uppe...

Page 789: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 18 Engine fire detection system Edition 3 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 18 8 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 790: ...s Table of contents Page 1 General 9 45 2 2 Limitations 9 45 2 Internal placards 9 45 2 External placards 9 45 10 3 Emergency procedures 9 45 18 4 Normal procedures 9 45 18 5 Performance 9 45 18 6 Weight and balance 9 45 18 7 Description 9 45 19 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 45 19 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 791: ...ation of the TBM airplane SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH 2 9 Placards Internal placards 1 Rear pressurized baggage compartment in cabin On partition wall MÁXIMO 100 kg 220 lbs ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL PILOTO COMPROBAR QUE TODO EL EQUIPAJE ESTÁ ASEGURADO CORRECTAMENTE PARA INSTRUC...

Page 792: ...me C13bis For the large cargo net on R H Side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment 2 Non pressurized FWD baggage compartment On baggage compartment door frame MÁXIMO 50 kg 110 lbs PARA INSTRUCCIONES DE CARGA REFIERASE A LOS DATOS DE PESO Y BALANCE DEL MANUAL DE OPERACIÓN DEL PILOTO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 793: ... side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling 4 On rear passengers masks containers on R H side on the ceiling and left side 5 On rear passenger s table casing LA MESA DEBE ESTAR GUARDADA DURANTE EL DESPEGUE Y ATERRIZAJE PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 794: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 5 6 Door internal side On access door On pilot door if installed 7 On emergency exit handle PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 795: ...45 6 8 On landing gear emergency control access door 9 At the upper corner of the window on each side of the cockpit 10 On cabinet drawer optional Airplane equipped with coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25 11 On the upper edge of the L H Passenger access door panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 796: ...upplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 7 Airplane equipped with lavatory compartment Post MOD70 0505 25 12 On fixed panel cabin side 13 On fixed panel toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 797: ...ing Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 8 14 On access door cabin side and toilet side 15 Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 798: ...ting Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 9 16 Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches 17 On the magazine rack PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 799: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 10 All External placards 18 Under engine cowling and under each wing 19 Near fuel tank caps PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 800: ...t 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 11 20 Above brakes hydraulic fluid reservoir against firewall 21 On langing gear hydraulic fluid reservoir 22 On fuse box in engine cowling PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 801: ...ating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 12 23 On internal face of L H engine cowling 24 On front lower portion of firewall L H side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 802: ...ting Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 13 25 On engine cowling in front of compartment door 26 On nose gear door 27 On nose gear leg PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 803: ...dbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 14 28 On main gear leg 29 On internal face of the oxygen cylinder service door 30 On the oxygen service door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 804: ...ent 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 15 31 Near air data system port 32 On external side of emergency locator transmitter inspection door 33 On emergency exit external side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 805: ...ent 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 16 34 Door external side On pilot door On access door On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 806: ...g Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 17 35 On last step of stairs CARGA MÁXIMA SOBRE LA ESCALERA UNA PERSONA 36 On R H access door jamb PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 807: ... specifics SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 0212 11 Mexico certification markings SOCATA PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGH...

Page 808: ...ing Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 19 SECTION 7 Description No specifics SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance No specifics PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 809: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 45 Mexico specifics Edition 2 April 29 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 45 20 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 810: ...9 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN TAWS system Table of contents Page 1 General 9 49 2 2 Limitations 9 49 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 49 3 4 Normal procedures 9 49 4 5 Performance 9 49 6 6 Weight and balance 9 49 6 7 Description 9 49 7 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 49 14 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 811: ...izontal navigation AC 2318 recommendation in order to avoid unwillingly warnings TAWS function must be inhibited for any landing on a terrain which is not mentioned in the data base The use of the terrain awareness warning and terrain display functions is prohibited during QFE atmospheric pressure at airport elevation operations Airplane equipped with GARMIN flight deck as standard The GARMIN Inte...

Page 812: ...cy procedures The emergency procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN TAWS system TAWS FAIL annunciation The TAWS function is not operational PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 813: ...e Heard End of procedure 4 1 Warnings of the TAWS function PULL UP voice alert PULL UP PFD MFD alert annunciation and PULL UP MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Level the wings 2 TRQ Maximum 3 Choose the optimum rate of climb adapted to airplane configuration and speed until the warning disappears End of procedure Terrain Terrain Pull up Pull up Obstacle Obstacle Pull up Pull up voice alerts PULL UP PFD ...

Page 814: ...ACLE or TOO LOW TERRAIN MFD pop up alerts light ON 1 Adjust airplane path in order to make the warning disappear End of procedure Don t sink voice alert TERRAIN PFD MFD alert annunciation and DON T SINK MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Re establish a positive rate of climb End of procedure Sink rate voice alert TERRAIN PFD MFD alert annunciation and SINK RATE MFD pop up alert light ON 1 Reduce rate of ...

Page 815: ...ce of the basic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN TAWS system S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 Navigation A 0176 00 Vers...

Page 816: ... Controller Voice alerts inhibiting TAWS Alerts can be inhibited by the pilot selecting Inhibit TAWS on Touchscreens Controllers Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the system should be enabled when appropriate All The TAWS function has 7 modes 1 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance alert The Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance FLTA alert is used by TAWS and is composed of Reduced Requ...

Page 817: ...is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in table 9 49 1 Phase of flight Minimum Clearance Altitude Level Flight ft Minimum Clearance Altitude Descending ft Enroute 700 500 Terminal 350 300 Approach 150 100 Departure 100 100 Table 9 49 1 Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance values for FLTA alerts During the final approach pha...

Page 818: ...up Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance Warning ROC Red PULL UP OBSTACLE PULL UP Obstacle Obstacle Pull up Pull up Imminent Obstacle Impact Warning IOI Red PULL UP OBSTACLE AHEAD PULL UP Obstacle Ahead Pull up Obstacle Ahead Pull up Reduced Required Terrain Clearance Caution RTC Amber TERRAIN CAUTION TERRAIN Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Imminent Terrain Impact Caution ITI Amber TERRAIN TERRAIN A...

Page 819: ...the destination airport PDA alerting ends when the airplane is either 0 5 Nm from the runway threshold or at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 Nm of the threshold Figure 9 49 1 PDA alerting threshold PDA Alerting Area The aural displayed messages associated with the PDA function are described in the table 9 49 3 Alert Type PFD MFD TAWS Page Annunciation MFD Map Page Pop Up Alert Aural M...

Page 820: ...he purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate EDR alert is to provide suitable notification when the airplane is determined to be closing descending upon terrain at an excessive speed Figure 9 49 2 shows the parameters for the alert as defined by TSO C151b Figure 9 49 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 821: ...ive Climb Rate NCR After Takeoff alert also referred to as Altitude Loss After Takeoff is to provide suitable alerts to the pilot when the system determines that the airplane is loosing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an annunciation and a pop up terrain alert on the PFD s and Touchscreen Controllers NCR alerting is on...

Page 822: ...lustrate the NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO C151b The NCR alert is issued when the altitude loss and height are within the range in the first figure or when the sink rate negative vertical speed and height are within the range in the second figure Figure 9 49 3 Negative Climb Rate NCR Alert Criteria PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 823: ...navigation solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums Should the navigation solution become degraded or if the airplane is out of the database coverage area the annunciation TAWS N A is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS Page The aural message TAWS Not Available is generated When the GPS signal is re established and the airplane is within the database coverage area t...

Page 824: ...0 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN Synthetic Vision System Table of contents Page 1 General 9 50 2 2 Limitations 9 50 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 50 3 4 Normal procedures 9 50 4 5 Performance 9 50 5 6 Weight and balance 9 50 5 7 Description 9 50 5 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 50 6 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 825: ... basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System The following document or any further edition applicable to the latter shall be readily available to the pilot whenever operation of the SVS is predicted Airplane equipped with G1000 Flight deck MOD70 0176 00 GARMIN Integrated Flight Deck Pilot s Guide No 190 00709 05 or its latest revision Airplane equippe...

Page 826: ...North 75 latitude to South 60 latitude in all longitudes SECTION 3 Emergency procedures The emergency procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in Section 3 Emergency Procedures of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System Inconsistent display between SVS and GARMIN system primary ...

Page 827: ...hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 4 Normal procedures of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System CAUTION SVS information is not a subsitute for standard course and altitude deviation information provided by the CDI VSI VDI and the primary flight instruments as well as for the Traffic Advisory S...

Page 828: ...ane is equipped with the option GARMIN Synthetic Vision System S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 34 Navigation A 0226 00 Synthetic Vision System GARMIN SECTION 7 Description Information hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 7 Description of the basicPOH whenthe airplaneis eq...

Page 829: ... 9 50 6 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of GARMIN Synthetic Vision System do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 830: ...6 1 SUPPLEMENT GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Table of contents Page 1 General 9 56 2 2 Limitations 9 56 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 56 4 4 Normal procedures 9 56 4 5 Performance 9 56 7 6 Weight and balance 9 56 7 7 Description 9 56 8 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 56 9 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 831: ...t Deck Pilot s Guide mentioned in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH G1000 or G3000 as standard or of the POH supplement G1000 NXi retrofit as applicable or any further applicable edition shall be readily available to the pilot whenever the operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone is predicted Satellite phone functions WARNING Use of phone by PIC prohibited during all ai...

Page 832: ...t to comply with the applicable operational regulation in terms of flight preparation especially with regard to the use of an approved weather and NOTAM sources during flight planning International telecommunication regulation The GSR 56 is a telecommunication device approved under FCC ID Q639522B and registered by the ITU International Telecommunication Union for international use according to th...

Page 833: ...ed in section 3 Emergency procedures of the basic POH SECTION 4 Normal procedures The normal procedures hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 4 Normal Procedures of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Normal operating procedures of the GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and sate...

Page 834: ... OFF If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call 2 CABIN button or PASS ICS button OFF 2 types of wording may exist for the same button If front passenger intends to take part in a phone call 3 INTRCOM button or CREW ICS button OFF 2 types of wording may exist for the same button On R H GMA audio panel 4 TEL button ON If rear passengers intend to take part in a phone call 5 CABIN button...

Page 835: ...passengers intend to take part into a phone call In one of the GTC s NAV COM Intercom Page 2 Pilot Passenger Link Arrow OFF If front passenger intends to take part into a phone call In one of the GTC s NAV COM Intercom Page 3 Pilot Copilot Link Arrow OFF In one of the GTC s NAV COM Audio Radios copilot Tab 4 TEL button ON if necessary switch off Sync to Pilot function If passengers intend to take ...

Page 836: ...asic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH when the airplane is equipped with the option GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 23 Comm...

Page 837: ... be received and sent through the dedicated pages on the MFD The controls for the MFD are located on both the MFD bezel and the MFD control unit The telephone audio including the incoming callringing is controlled bythe TELbutton on the GMA audio panels and can be played in the pilot front passenger and passengers headphones Airplane with G3000 Flight deck The satellite phone interface is embedded...

Page 838: ... 9 56 9 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling Servicing and Maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 839: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 56 GARMIN GSR 56 weather datalink and satellite phone Edition 3 December 31 2015 Rev 3 Page 9 56 10 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 840: ... SUPPLEMENT Brazil specifics Table of contents Page 1 General 9 59 2 2 Limitations 9 59 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 59 13 4 Normal procedures 9 59 13 5 Performance 9 59 13 6 Weight and balance 9 59 13 7 Description 9 59 14 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 59 14 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 841: ...ties limitations description and operations necessary to the operation of the TBM airplane SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH 2 5 Weight and C G limits Weight limits With 4 seat accommodation in rear part of pressurized cabin 396 lbs 180 kg with small or large net see sketch below ...

Page 842: ...ation suitable and approved for the intended route are installed and operational It must be possible atany point along the route tonavigate to the destination or alternate using such means The SBAS functionality is not available in Brazil therefore operations that require such functionality such as GNSS vertical navigation modes are prohibited in Brazilian airspace 2 9 Placards On pressurized bagg...

Page 843: ... small cargo net on frame C13bis For the large cargo net on R H side upholstery panel in the rear baggage compartment On FWD baggage compartment door frame non pressurized 50 kg MÁXIMO PARA INSTRUÇÓES DE CARREGAMENTO CONSULTAR A SEÇÃO DE PESO E BALANCEAMENTO DO MANUAL DE VÔO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 844: ... Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 5 Near fuel tank caps On internal face of L H engine cowling Capacidade de óleo 12 l 12 7 qt On rear passenger s table casing A MESA DEVERÁ ESTAR RECOLHIDA PARA DECOLAGEM E POUSO PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 845: ...cember 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 6 On nose gear door On engine cowling in front of compartment door TOMADA EXTERNA 28 VOLTS D C NOMINAL 800 AMPS CAPACIDADE MÍNIMA PARA PARTIDA NÃO EXCEDA 1000 AMPS On pilot door External side if installed PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 846: ...9 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 7 On access door External side On outer fuselage skin aft of access door and in the cabin forward of access door On access door Internal side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 847: ...azil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 8 On pilot door Internal side if installed On emergency exit handle Marking on cover Marking on handle On last step of stairs MAX UMA PESSOA NA ESCADA PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 848: ...cifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 9 On R H access door jamb On R H side at front seat level and on the first rear passengers masks container R H side on the ceiling On rear passengers masks containers PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 849: ...Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 10 On the oxygen service door Airplanes equipped with Lavatory compartment Post MOD70 0505 25 On fixed panel cabin side On fixed panel toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 850: ...ting Handbook Supplement 59 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 11 On access door cabin side and toilet side Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 851: ...ev 2 Page 9 59 12 Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches On the magazine rack and on side wall of storage volume Airplanes equipped with Coat hanger Post MOD70 0557 25 On the upper edge of the L H Passenger access door panel PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 852: ...nce No specifics SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balance of the basic POH S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 01 Specific optional equipment S 01004 Brazil certification markings PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT O...

Page 853: ...g Handbook Supplement 59 Brazil specifics Edition 1 December 31 2015 Rev 2 Page 9 59 14 SECTION 7 Description No specifics SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance No specifics PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 854: ... 1 SUPPLEMENT Lavatory compartment Table of contents Page 1 General 9 63 2 2 Limitations 9 63 2 3 Emergency procedures 9 63 7 4 Normal procedures 9 63 8 5 Performance 9 63 8 6 Weight and balance 9 63 8 7 Description 9 63 19 8 Handling servicing and maintenance 9 63 23 PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 855: ...atory compartment SECTION 2 Limitations The limitations hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 2 Limitations of the basic POH when the TBM airplane is equipped with the option lavatory compartment toilet seat must not be occupied during take off and landing divider must be stowed during take off and landing headset shall be worn at all time when seat is...

Page 856: ...upplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 63 3 On fixed panel toilet side On access door cabin side and toilet side Behind access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 857: ...Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 2 Page 9 63 4 Inner face of toilet cover Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches On the magazine rack PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 858: ...ement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 5 From S N 1270 2 9 Placards On fixed panel cabin side On fixed panel toilet side On access door cabin side and toilet side PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 859: ... Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 6 Behind access door cabin side and toilet side Inner face of toilet cover Front face of lavatory compartment near opening closing switches PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 860: ...Pressurization and air conditioning Without v15 GARMIN software Pre MOD70 0407 00 CABIN ALTITUDE Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divider and oxygen mask With v15 GARMIN software Post MOD70 0407 00 or airplane with G3000 Flight deck MOD70 0476 00 and CABIN ALTITUDE USE OXYGEN MASK or and and CABIN ALTITUDE USE OXYGEN MASK EDM Inform passengers to use emergency stowing of the divid...

Page 861: ...s deployed to allow communication with the crew in case of emergency SECTION 5 Performance Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic performance of the airplane described in section 5 Performance of the basic POH SECTION 6 Weight and balance The weight and balance hereafter supplement or replace those of the standard airplane described in section 6 Weight and balan...

Page 862: ...the last Weight and Balance Report in 6 seat configuration see samples Figures 6 4 1 and 6 4 2 of the basic Pilot s Operating Handbook 2 Compute the new empty weight 2a and moment 2b as sum of all above weights 1a removed equipment installed equipment and associated moments 1b removed equipment installed equipment 3 Compute the new empty weight arm 3 and CG MAC 3c using given formulas 4 Report the...

Page 863: ...a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation 12 86 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2b 3c Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs 1a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation 27 7530 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2...

Page 864: ...on after lavatory compartment option installation with seat heating system 18 127 New empty weight ready for cargo preparation 2a 3 2b 3c Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs 1a 1b 1c Weight and moment variation after lavatory compartment option installation without seat heating system 42 11643 or Weight and moment variatio...

Page 865: ...lation Refer to POH section 6 4 using the weight and balance form procedure to determine the weight and balance of the airplane equipped with the lavatory compartment option together with the use of the loading form hereafter S R A O Item OPT70 or MOD70 Required R or Standard S or Optional A or O equipment Weight per unit lb kg Arm in m 25 Equipment and furnishings O 0505 25C Lavatory compartment ...

Page 866: ...0 to S N 1159 Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm m 4 392 1 51 100 Item Weight kg Arm m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty Weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front Seats kg 4 534 Inter Seats 17 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero Fuel Weight 2 736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp Weight 3 370 kg Taxi Fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff Weight 3 354 kg Trip Fuel kg 4 820 Landing Weight 3 186 kg PIM DO NOT USE FOR F...

Page 867: ...m Moment m kg CG MAC Empty Weight kg Baggage FWD 50 kg 3 250 Front Seats kg 4 534 Inter Seats 15 kg per seat removed 5 710 Pax Baggage AFT 100 kg 7 695 Zero Fuel Weight 2 736 kg Fuel kg 4 820 Ramp Weight 3 370 kg Taxi Fuel kg 4 820 Takeoff Weight 3 354 kg Trip Fuel kg 4 820 Landing Weight 3 186 kg Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 868: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 15 Figure 9 63 1 Weight and Balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 869: ...159 Moment Weight x Arm CG MAC Arm in 172 93 59 45 100 Item Weight lbs Arm in Moment in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front Seats lbs 178 5 Inter Seats 37 5 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero Fuel Weight 6 032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp Weight 7 430 lbs Taxi Fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff Weight 7 394 lbs Trip Fuel kg 189 8 Landing Weight 7 024 lbs PIM DO NO...

Page 870: ...nt in lbs CG MAC Empty Weight lbs Baggage FWD 110 lbs 128 0 Front Seats lbs 178 5 Inter Seats 33 1 lbs per seat removed 224 8 Pax Baggage AFT 220 lbs 303 0 Zero Fuel Weight 6 032 lbs Fuel lbs 189 8 Ramp Weight 7 430 lbs Taxi Fuel lbs 189 8 Takeoff Weight 7 394 lbs Trip Fuel kg 189 8 Landing Weight 7 024 lbs Seats weights do not include seat heating system weight PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATION...

Page 871: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 18 Figure 9 63 2 Weight and Balance diagram PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 872: ...els divider Two 2 actuating switches DEPLOY STOW Two 2 emergency stowing buttons PUSH TO STOW accessible from inside or outside the lavatory compartment One 1 mirror One 1 electric power plug One 1 headset allowing communication between the passenger and the crew When the lavatory compartment is not occupied the divider is stored unfolded in the lavatory compartment structure A breaker integrated ...

Page 873: ...oved slightly aside to access the plug Mirror is automatically illuminated during the deployment of the divider A safety anti pinching sensor stops the deployment of the divider in case an interference is detected To remove the chemical toilet system from the lavatory compartment structure it is necessary to unlatch the toilet cover remove the top frame if installed then lift upward the forward fa...

Page 874: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 21 Figure 9 63 3 1 2 Lavatory compartment PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 875: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 22 Figure 9 63 3 2 2 Lavatory compartment PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 876: ...9 63 23 SECTION 8 Handling servicing and maintenance Installation and operation of Lavatory compartment do not change the basic handling servicing and maintenance procedures of the airplane described in section 8 Handling servicing and maintenance of the basic POH PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Page 877: ...Pilot s Operating Handbook Supplement 63 Lavatory compartment Edition 1 November 16 2016 Rev 3 Page 9 63 24 Intentionally left blank PIM DO NOT USE FOR FLIGHT OPERATIONS ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for TBM 930

Brand: Cabrinha Kites Pages: 46

Brand: SOL paragliders Pages: 36

Flexus LOTUSOne

Brand: SOL paragliders Pages: 41

Brand: Goldwing Pages: 56

Brand: MAC PARA Pages: 32

BEECH BARON 58P

Brand: Raytheon Pages: 654

Metroliner III SA227-BC

Brand: RAZBAM Pages: 93

Brand: Parachutes de France Pages: 69

Brand: Woody Valley Pages: 28

Brand: The Airplane Factory Pages: 344

PA-34-200T Seneca II

Brand: Piper Pages: 869

Brand: Piper Pages: 1104

Brand: Piper Pages: 1106

PA-39 Twin Comanche C/R

Brand: Piper Pages: 863

Brand: Mooney Pages: 54

Brand: Mooney Pages: 1047

Brand: EScale Pages: 16

Brand: ARPLAST Pages: 60

Brands by name

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Popular brands

Load more brands